US20130324248A1 - System and method for executing a game process - Google Patents

System and method for executing a game process Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20130324248A1
US20130324248A1 US13/919,995 US201313919995A US2013324248A1 US 20130324248 A1 US20130324248 A1 US 20130324248A1 US 201313919995 A US201313919995 A US 201313919995A US 2013324248 A1 US2013324248 A1 US 2013324248A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
game
determining
data
player object
action
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US13/919,995
Inventor
Andrew Wilson
Nuria Oliver
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Microsoft Technology Licensing LLC
Original Assignee
Andrew Wilson
Nuria Oliver
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US10/396,653 external-priority patent/US7665041B2/en
Application filed by Andrew Wilson, Nuria Oliver filed Critical Andrew Wilson
Priority to US13/919,995 priority Critical patent/US20130324248A1/en
Publication of US20130324248A1 publication Critical patent/US20130324248A1/en
Assigned to MICROSOFT TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, LLC reassignment MICROSOFT TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MICROSOFT CORPORATION
Assigned to MICROSOFT TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, LLC reassignment MICROSOFT TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, LLC ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MICROSOFT CORPORATION
Priority to US14/803,949 priority patent/US10551930B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/017Gesture based interaction, e.g. based on a set of recognized hand gestures
    • A63F13/04
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F13/00Video games, i.e. games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions
    • A63F13/20Input arrangements for video game devices
    • A63F13/21Input arrangements for video game devices characterised by their sensors, purposes or types
    • A63F13/211Input arrangements for video game devices characterised by their sensors, purposes or types using inertial sensors, e.g. accelerometers or gyroscopes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F13/00Video games, i.e. games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions
    • A63F13/20Input arrangements for video game devices
    • A63F13/21Input arrangements for video game devices characterised by their sensors, purposes or types
    • A63F13/213Input arrangements for video game devices characterised by their sensors, purposes or types comprising photodetecting means, e.g. cameras, photodiodes or infrared cells
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F13/00Video games, i.e. games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions
    • A63F13/20Input arrangements for video game devices
    • A63F13/22Setup operations, e.g. calibration, key configuration or button assignment
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F13/00Video games, i.e. games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions
    • A63F13/40Processing input control signals of video game devices, e.g. signals generated by the player or derived from the environment
    • A63F13/42Processing input control signals of video game devices, e.g. signals generated by the player or derived from the environment by mapping the input signals into game commands, e.g. mapping the displacement of a stylus on a touch screen to the steering angle of a virtual vehicle
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F13/00Video games, i.e. games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions
    • A63F13/40Processing input control signals of video game devices, e.g. signals generated by the player or derived from the environment
    • A63F13/42Processing input control signals of video game devices, e.g. signals generated by the player or derived from the environment by mapping the input signals into game commands, e.g. mapping the displacement of a stylus on a touch screen to the steering angle of a virtual vehicle
    • A63F13/428Processing input control signals of video game devices, e.g. signals generated by the player or derived from the environment by mapping the input signals into game commands, e.g. mapping the displacement of a stylus on a touch screen to the steering angle of a virtual vehicle involving motion or position input signals, e.g. signals representing the rotation of an input controller or a player's arm motions sensed by accelerometers or gyroscopes
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/011Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/011Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality
    • G06F3/012Head tracking input arrangements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/011Arrangements for interaction with the human body, e.g. for user immersion in virtual reality
    • G06F3/013Eye tracking input arrangements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/033Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor
    • G06F3/0346Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor with detection of the device orientation or free movement in a 3D space, e.g. 3D mice, 6-DOF [six degrees of freedom] pointers using gyroscopes, accelerometers or tilt-sensors
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/03Arrangements for converting the position or the displacement of a member into a coded form
    • G06F3/033Pointing devices displaced or positioned by the user, e.g. mice, trackballs, pens or joysticks; Accessories therefor
    • G06F3/038Control and interface arrangements therefor, e.g. drivers or device-embedded control circuitry
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T7/00Image analysis
    • G06T7/20Analysis of motion
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T7/00Image analysis
    • G06T7/20Analysis of motion
    • G06T7/285Analysis of motion using a sequence of stereo image pairs
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06TIMAGE DATA PROCESSING OR GENERATION, IN GENERAL
    • G06T7/00Image analysis
    • G06T7/50Depth or shape recovery
    • G06T7/55Depth or shape recovery from multiple images
    • G06T7/593Depth or shape recovery from multiple images from stereo images
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V40/00Recognition of biometric, human-related or animal-related patterns in image or video data
    • G06V40/20Movements or behaviour, e.g. gesture recognition
    • G06V40/28Recognition of hand or arm movements, e.g. recognition of deaf sign language
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/10Processing, recording or transmission of stereoscopic or multi-view image signals
    • H04N13/106Processing image signals
    • H04N13/128Adjusting depth or disparity
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/20Image signal generators
    • H04N13/204Image signal generators using stereoscopic image cameras
    • H04N13/239Image signal generators using stereoscopic image cameras using two 2D image sensors having a relative position equal to or related to the interocular distance
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N13/30Image reproducers
    • H04N13/366Image reproducers using viewer tracking
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A63SPORTS; GAMES; AMUSEMENTS
    • A63FCARD, BOARD, OR ROULETTE GAMES; INDOOR GAMES USING SMALL MOVING PLAYING BODIES; VIDEO GAMES; GAMES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • A63F2300/00Features of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions, e.g. on a television screen, showing representations related to the game
    • A63F2300/10Features of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions, e.g. on a television screen, showing representations related to the game characterized by input arrangements for converting player-generated signals into game device control signals
    • A63F2300/1087Features of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions, e.g. on a television screen, showing representations related to the game characterized by input arrangements for converting player-generated signals into game device control signals comprising photodetecting means, e.g. a camera
    • A63F2300/1093Features of games using an electronically generated display having two or more dimensions, e.g. on a television screen, showing representations related to the game characterized by input arrangements for converting player-generated signals into game device control signals comprising photodetecting means, e.g. a camera using visible light
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V40/00Recognition of biometric, human-related or animal-related patterns in image or video data
    • G06V40/20Movements or behaviour, e.g. gesture recognition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N13/00Stereoscopic video systems; Multi-view video systems; Details thereof
    • H04N2013/0074Stereoscopic image analysis
    • H04N2013/0081Depth or disparity estimation from stereoscopic image signals

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to controlling a computer system, and more particularly to a system and method to implement alternative modalities for controlling computer programs and devices, and manipulating on-screen objects through the use of one or more body gestures, or a combination of gestures and supplementary signals.
  • a user interface facilitates the interaction between a computer and computer user by enhancing the user's ability to utilize application programs.
  • the traditional interface between a human user and a typical personal computer is implemented with graphical displays and is generally referred to as a graphical user interface (GUI).
  • GUI graphical user interface
  • Input to the computer or particular application program is accomplished through the presentation of graphical information on the computer screen and through the use of a keyboard and/or mouse, trackball or other similar implements.
  • Many systems employed for use in public areas utilize touch screen implementations whereby the user touches a designated area of a screen to effect the desired input.
  • Airport electronic ticket check-in kiosks and rental car direction systems are examples of such systems. There are, however, many applications where the traditional user interface is less practical or efficient.
  • the traditional computer interface is not ideal for a number of applications.
  • Providing stand-up presentations or other type of visual presentations to lame audiences, is but one example.
  • a presenter generally stands in front of the audience and provides a verbal dialog in conjunction with the visual presentation that is projected on a large display or screen.
  • Manipulation of the presentation by the presenter is generally controlled through use of awkward remote controls, which frequently suffer from inconsistent and less precise operation, or require the cooperation of another individual.
  • Traditional user interfaces require the user either to provide input via the keyboard or to exhibit a degree of skill and precision more difficult to implement with a remote control than a traditional mouse and keyboard.
  • Other examples include control of video, audio, and display components of a media room.
  • Switching between sources, advancing fast fast-forward, rewinding, changing chapters, changing volume, etc., can be very cumbersome in a professional studio as well as in the home.
  • traditional interfaces are not well suited for smaller, specialized electronic gadgets.
  • WIMP Window, Icon, Menu, Pointing device (or Pull-down menu) interfaces allow fairly non-trivial operations to be performed with a few mouse motions and clicks.
  • this shift in the user interaction from a primarily text-oriented experience to a point-and-click experience has erected new barriers between people with disabilities and the computer.
  • using the mouse can be quite challenging.
  • Perceptual user interfaces utilize alternate sensing modalities, such as the capability of sensing physical gestures of the user, to replace or complement traditional input devices such as the mouse and keyboard.
  • Perceptual user interfaces promise modes of fluid computer-human interaction that complement and/or replace the mouse and keyboard, particularly in non-desktop applications such as control for a media room.
  • gestures play a symbolic communication role similar to speech, suggesting that for simple tasks gestures can enhance or replace speech recognition.
  • Small gestures near the keyboard or mouse do not induce fatigue as quickly as sustained whole arm postures.
  • Previous studies indicate that users find gesture-based systems highly desirable, but that users are also dissatisfied with the recognition accuracy of gesture recognizers.
  • experimental results indicate that a user's difficulty with gestures is in part due to a lack of understanding of how gesture recognition works. The studies highlight the ability of users to learn and remember gestures as an important design consideration.
  • Gestures can compensate for the limitations of the mouse when the display is several times larger than a typical display. In such a scenario, gestures can provide mechanisms to restore the ability to quickly reach any part of the display, where once a mouse was adequate with a small display. Similarly, in a multiple display scenario it is desirable to have a fast comfortable way to indicate a particular display. For example, the foreground object can be “bumped” to another display by gesturing in the direction of the target display.
  • perceptual user interfaces to date are dependent on significant limiting assumptions.
  • One type of perceptual user interface utilizes color models that make certain assumptions about the color of an object. Proper operation of the system is dependent on proper lighting conditions and can be negatively impacted when the system is moved from one location to another as a result of changes in lighting conditions, or simply when the lighting conditions change in the room. Factors that impact performance include sun light versus artificial light, florescent light versus incandescent light, direct illumination versus indirect illumination, and the like.
  • most attempts to develop perceptual user interfaces require the user to wear specialized devices such as gloves, headsets, or close-talk microphones. The use of such devices is generally found to be distracting and intrusive for the user.
  • perceptual user interfaces have been slow to emerge. The reasons include heavy computational burdens, unreasonable calibration demands, required use of intrusive and distracting devices, and a general lack of robustness outside of specific laboratory conditions. For these and similar reasons, there has been little advancement in systems and methods for exploiting perceptual user interfaces. However, as the trend towards smaller, specialized electronic gadgets continues to grow, so does the need for alternate methods for interaction between the user and the electronic device. Many of these specialized devices are too small and the applications unsophisticated to utilize the traditional input keyboard and mouse devices. Examples of such devices include TabletPCs, Media center PCs, kiosks, hand held computers, home appliances, video games, and wall sized displays, along with many others. In these, and other applications, the perceptual user interface provides a significant advancement in computer control over traditional computer interaction modalities.
  • gestures can offer significant bits of functionality where they are needed most. For example, dismissing a notification window can be accomplished by a quick gesture to the one side or the other, as in shooing a fly.
  • gestures for “next” and “back” functionality found in web browsers, presentation programs (e.g., PowerPointTM) and other applications. Note that in many cases the surface forms of these various gestures can remain the same throughout these examples, while the semantics of the gestures depends on the application at hand. Providing a small set of standard gestures eases problems users have in recalling how gestures are performed, and also allows for simpler and more robust signal processing and recognition processes.
  • the present invention disclosed and claimed herein in one aspect thereof; comprises a system for controlling a computer using gestures.
  • the system includes a 3-D imaging system that performs gesture recognition and interpretation based on a previous mapping of a plurality of hand poses and orientations to user commands for a given user.
  • the imaging system images gestures presented by the user, performs a lookup for the user command associated with the captured image(s), and executes the user command(s) to effect control of the computer, programs, and connected devices.
  • the system includes a wireless device worn by the person.
  • the wireless device includes one or more sensors that measure at least velocity, acceleration, and orientation of the device.
  • the corresponding signals are transmitted to a computer system, processed, and interpreted to determine an object at which the device is pointed and the action to be taken on the object.
  • the computer is controlled to interact with the object, which object can be a device and/or system connected to the computer, and software running on the computer.
  • the wireless device is used in a medical environment and worn on the head of a medical person allowing free use of the hands. Head movements facilitate control of the computer.
  • the person can also wear a wireless microphone to communicate voice signals to the computer separately or in combination with head movements for control thereof.
  • a multimodal approach can be employed such that a person uses the wireless device in combination with the imaging capabilities of the 3-D imaging system.
  • the multimodal approach includes any combination of the 3-D imaging system, the wireless device, and vocalization to control the computer system and, hardware and software associated therewith.
  • This approach finds application in a medical environment such as an operating room, for example.
  • an engagement volume is employed in a medical environment such that one or both hands of the medical person are free to engage the volume and control the computer system, during, for example, a patient operation.
  • the volume is defined in space over the part of the patient undergoing the operation, and the hands of the medical person are used in the form of gestures to control the system for the presentation of medical information.
  • the present invention facilitates adapting the system to the particular preferences of an individual user.
  • the system and method allow the user to tailor the system to recognize specific hand gestures and verbal commands and to associate these hand gestures and verbal commands with particular actions to be taken. This capability allows different users, which may prefer to make different motions for a given command, the ability to tailor the system in a way most efficient for their personal use. Similarly, different users can choose to use different verbal commands to perform the same function.
  • the system employs a learning capability such that nuances of a user can be learned by the system and adapted to the user profile of gestures, vocalizations, etc.
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a system block diagram of components of the present invention for controlling a computer and/or other hardware/software peripherals interfaced thereto.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a schematic block diagram of a perceptual user interface system, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a flow diagram of a methodology for implementing a perceptual user interface system, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a flow diagram of a methodology for determining the presence of moving objects within images, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a flow diagram of a methodology for tracking a moving object within an image, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a disparity between two video images captured by two video cameras mounted substantially parallel to each other for the purpose of determining the depth of objects, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an example of the hand gestures that the system can recognize and the visual feedback provided through the display, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates an alternative embodiment wherein a unique icon is displayed in association with a name of a specific recognized command, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B illustrate an engagement plane and volume of both single and multiple monitor implementations, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a briefing room environment where gestures are utilized to control a screen projector via a computer system configured in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a block diagram of a computer system operable to execute the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a network implementation of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a medical operating room system that uses the engagement volume in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a medical operating room environment in which a computer control system with wireless control device is employed in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the person for using the system of FIG. 14 .
  • FIG. 16 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the system of FIG. 14 .
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a medical environment in which a 3-D imaging computer control system is employed to process hand (or body) gestures in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the person for using the system of FIG. 17 .
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the system of FIG. 17 .
  • FIG. 20 illustrates a medical environment in which a 3-D imaging computer control system is employed with the remote control device to process hand (or body) gestures and control the system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21A illustrates a sample one-handed and two-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21B illustrates an additional sample one-handed gestures and sequenced one-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21C illustrates additional sample one-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21D illustrates additional sample one-handed gestures used in combination with voice commands that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21E illustrates additional sample one-handed gestures used in combination with voice commands and gaze signals that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the system for controlling a computer system with a wireless control device.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer.
  • an application running on a server and the server can be a component.
  • One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • the present invention relates to a system and methodology for implementing a perceptual user interface comprising alternative modalities for controlling computer programs and manipulating on-screen objects through hand gestures or a combination of hand gestures and/or verbal commands.
  • a perceptual user interface system is provided that tracks hand movements and provides for the control of computer programs and manipulation of on-screen objects in response to hand gestures performed by the user.
  • the system provides for the control of computer programs and manipulation of on-screen objects in response to verbal commands spoken by the user.
  • the gestures and/or verbal commands can be tailored by a particular user to suit that user's personal preferences.
  • the system operates in real time and is robust, light-weight and responsive.
  • the system provides a relatively inexpensive capability for the recognition of hand gestures and verbal commands.
  • the system 100 includes a tracking component 102 for detecting and tracking one or more objects 104 through image capture utilizing cameras (not shown) or other suitable conventional image-capture devices.
  • the cameras operate to capture images of the object(s) 104 in a scene within the image capture capabilities of the cameras so that the images can be further processed to not only detect the presence of the object(s) 104 , but also to detect and track object(s) movements. It is appreciated that in more robust implementations, object characteristics such as object features and object orientation can also be detected, tracked, and processed.
  • the object(s) 104 of the present invention include basic hand movements created by one or more hands of a system user and/or other person selected for use with the disclosed system.
  • objects can include many different types of objects with object characteristics, including hand gestures each of which have gesture characteristics including but not limited to, hand movement, finger count, finger orientation, hand rotation, hand orientation, and hand pose (e.g., opened, closed, and partially closed).
  • the tracking component 102 interfaces to a control component 106 of the system 100 that controls all onboard component processes.
  • the control component 106 interfaces to a seeding component 108 that seeds object hypotheses to the tracking component based upon the object characteristics.
  • the object(s) 104 are detected and tracked in the scene such that object characteristic data is processed according to predetermined criteria to associate the object characteristic data with commands for interacting with a user interface component 110 .
  • the user interface component 110 interfaces to the control component 106 to receive control instructions that affect presentation of text, graphics, and other output (e.g., audio) provided to the user via the interface component 110 .
  • the control instructions are communicated to the user interface component 110 in response to the object characteristic data processed from detection and tracking of the object(s) within a predefined engagement volume space 112 of the scene.
  • a filtering component 114 interfaces to the control component 106 to receive filtering criteria in accordance with user filter configuration data, and to process the filtering criteria such that tracked object(s) of respective object hypotheses are selectively removed from the object hypotheses and/or at least one hypothesis from a set of hypotheses within the volume space 112 and the scene.
  • Objects are detected and tracked either within the volume space 112 or outside the volume space 112 . Those objects outside of the volume space 112 are detected, tracked, and ignored, until entering the volume space 112 .
  • the system 100 also receives user input via input port(s) 116 such as input from pointing devices, keyboards, interactive input mechanisms such as touch screens, and audio input devices.
  • input port(s) 116 such as input from pointing devices, keyboards, interactive input mechanisms such as touch screens, and audio input devices.
  • the subject invention can employ various artificial intelligence based schemes for carrying out various aspects of the subject invention.
  • a process for determining which object is to be selected for tracking can be facilitated via an automatic classification system and process.
  • Such classification can employ a probabilistic and/or statistical-based analysis (e.g., factoring into the analysis utilities and costs) to prognose or infer an action that a user desires to be automatically performed.
  • a support vector machine (SVM) classifier can be employed.
  • Other classification approaches include Bayesian networks, decision trees, and probabilistic classification models providing different patterns of independence can be employed. Classification as used herein also is inclusive of statistical regression that is utilized to develop models of priority.
  • the subject invention can employ classifiers that are explicitly trained (e.g., via a generic training data) as well as implicitly trained (e.g., via observing user behavior, receiving extrinsic information) so that the classifier(s) is used to automatically determine according to a predetermined criteria which object(s) should be selected for tracking and which objects that were being tracked are now removed from tracking.
  • the criteria can include, but is not limited to, object characteristics such as object size, object speed, direction of movement, distance from one or both cameras, object orientation, object features, and object rotation.
  • classifiers which are well understood—it is to be appreciated that other classifier models can also be utilized such as Naive Bayes, Bayes Net, decision tree and other learning models—SVM's are configured via a learning or training phase within a classifier constructor and feature selection module.
  • attributes include various sizes of the object, various orientations of the object, object colors, and the classes are categories or areas of interest (e.g., object type, and object pose).
  • FIG. 2 there is illustrated a schematic block diagram of a perceptual user interface system, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • the system comprises a computer 200 with a traditional keyboard 202 , input pointing device (e.g., a mouse) 204 , microphone 206 , and display 208 .
  • the system further comprises at least one video camera 210 , at least one user 212 , and software 214 .
  • the exemplary system of FIG. 2 is comprised of two video cameras 210 mounted substantially parallel to each other (that is, the rasters are parallel) and the user 212 .
  • the first camera is used to detect depth of the object from the camera and track the object
  • the second camera is used for determining at least the depth (or distance) of the object from the camera(s).
  • the computer 200 is operably connected to the keyboard 202 , mouse 204 and display 208 .
  • Video cameras 210 and microphone 206 are also operably connected to computer 200 .
  • the video cameras 210 “look” towards the user 212 and may point downward to capture objects within the volume defined above the keyboard and in front of the user.
  • User 212 is typically an individual that is capable of providing hand gestures, holding objects in a hand, verbal commands, and mouse and/or keyboard input.
  • the hand gestures and/or object(s) appear in video images created by the video cameras 210 and are interpreted by the software 214 as commands to be executed by computer 200 .
  • microphone 206 receives verbal commands provided by user 212 , which are in turn, interpreted by software 214 and executed by computer 200 .
  • User 212 can control and operate various application programs on the computer 200 by providing a series of hand gestures or a combination of hand gestures, verbal commands, and mouse/keyboard input.
  • the system can track any object presented in the scene in front or it.
  • the depth information is used to “segment” the interacting object from the rest of the scene.
  • the capability to exploit any sort of moving object in the scene is important at least with respect to accessibility scenarios.
  • FIGS. 3-5 methodologies in accordance with various aspects of the present invention will be better appreciated with reference to FIGS. 3-5 . While, for purposes of simplicity of explanation, the methodologies of FIGS. 3-5 are shown and described as executing serially, it is to be understood and appreciated that the present invention is not limited by the illustrated order, as some aspects could, in accordance with the present invention, occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other aspects from that shown and described herein. Moreover, not all illustrated features may be required to implement a methodology in accordance with an aspect the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a flow diagram that illustrates a high level methodology for detecting the user's hand, tracking movement of the hand and interpreting commands in accordance with an aspect of the invention. While, for purposes of simplicity of explanation, the methodologies shown here and below are described as a series of acts, it is to be understood and appreciated that the present invention is not limited by the order of acts, as some acts may, in accordance with the present invention, occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other acts from that shown and described herein. For example, those skilled in the art will understand and appreciate that a methodology could alternatively be represented as a series of interrelated states or events, such as in a state diagram. Moreover, not all illustrated acts may be required to implement a methodology in accordance with the present invention.
  • the methodology begins at 300 where video images are scanned to determine whether any moving objects exist within the field of view (or scene) of the cameras.
  • the system is capable of running one or more object hypothesis models to detect and track objects, whether moving or not moving.
  • the system runs up to and including six object hypotheses. If more than one object is detected as a result of the multiple hypotheses, the system drops one of the objects if the distance from any other object falls below a threshold distance, for example, five inches. It is assumed that the two hypotheses are redundantly tracking the same object, and one of the hypotheses is removed from consideration.
  • a threshold distance for example, five inches. It is assumed that the two hypotheses are redundantly tracking the same object, and one of the hypotheses is removed from consideration.
  • no moving object(s) have been detected, and flow returns to 300 where the system continues to scan the current image for moving objects.
  • the engagement volume is defined as a volume of space in front of the video cameras and above the keyboard wherein the user is required to introduce the hand gestures (or object(s)) in order to utilize the system.
  • a purpose of the engagement volume is to provide a means for ignoring all objects and/or gestures in motion except for those intended by the user to effect control of the computer. If a′ moving object is detected at 30 Z but is determined not to be within the engagement volume, then the system dismisses the moving object as not being a desired object to track for providing commands. Flow then loops back to the input of 300 to scan for more objects. However, if the moving object is determined to be within the engagement volume, then the methodology proceeds to 306 .
  • new objects are seeded only when it is determined that the new object is a sufficient distance away from an existing object that is being tracked (in 3-D).
  • the system determines the distance of each moving object from the video cameras.
  • the object closest to the video camera(s) is selected as the desired command object. If by the given application context the user is predisposed to use hand gestures towards the display, the nearest object hypotheses will apply to the hands. In other scenarios, more elaborate criteria for object selection may be used. For example, an application may select a particular object based upon its quality of movement over time.
  • a two-handed interaction application may select an object to the left of the dominant hand (for right handed users) as the non-dominant hand.
  • the command object is the object that has been selected for tracking, the movements of which will be analyzed and interpreted for gesture commands.
  • the command object is generally the user's dominant hand. Once the command object is selected, its movement is tracked, as indicated at 310 .
  • the system determines whether the command object is still within the engagement volume. If NO, the object has moved outside the engagement volume, and the system dismisses the object hypothesis and returns to 300 where the current image is processed for moving objects. If NO, the object is still within the engagement volume, and flow proceeds to 314 .
  • the system determines whether the object is still moving. If no movement is detected, flow is along the NO path returning to 300 to process the current camera images for moving objects. If however, movement is detected, then flow proceeds from 314 to 316 .
  • the system analyzes the movements of the command object to interpret the gestures for specific commands. At 318 , it is determined whether the interpreted gesture is a recognized command.
  • algorithms used to interpret gestures are kept to simple algorithms and are performed on sparse (“lightweight”) images to limit the computational overhead required to properly interpret and execute desired commands in real time.
  • the system is able to exploit the presence of motion and depth to minimize computational requirements involved in determining objects that provide gesture commands.
  • FIG. 4 there is illustrated a flow diagram of a methodology for determining the presence of moving objects within video images created by one or more video sources, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • the methodology exploits the notion that attention is often drawn to objects that move.
  • video data is acquired from one or more video sources. Successive video images are selected from the same video source, and motion is detected by comparing a patch of a current video image, centered on a given location, to a patch from the previous video image centered on the same location.
  • a video patch centered about a point located at (u 1 ,v 1 ), and (u 2 ,v 2 ) is selected from successive video images I 1 and I 2 , respectively.
  • a simple comparison function is utilized wherein the sum of the absolute differences (SAD) over square patches in two images is obtained.
  • SAD absolute differences
  • I(u,v) refers to the pixel at (u,v)
  • D is the patch width
  • the absolute difference between two pixels is the sum of the absolute differences taken over all available color channels. Regions in the image that have movement can be found by determining points (u,v) such that function SAD(I t-1 ,u t-1 ,v t-1 ,I t ,u t , v t )>t, where the subscript refers to the image at time t, and is a threshold level for motion.
  • a comparison is made between patches from image I 1 and I 2 using the sum of the absolute difference algorithm.
  • the system determines whether the current image patch is the last patch to be examined within the current image. If NO, the methodology returns to 402 where a new patch is selected. If YES, then the system returns to 400 to acquire a new video image from the video source.
  • the SAD algorithm is computed on a sparse regular grid within the image.
  • the sparse regular grid is based on sixteen pixel centers.
  • the system tracks the motion of the object.
  • a position prediction algorithm is used to predict the next position of the moving object.
  • the prediction algorithm is a Kalman filter. However, it is to be appreciated that any position prediction algorithm can be used.
  • image operations may use the same SAD function on image patches, which allows for easy SIMD (Single-Instruction Multiple-Data, which architectures are essential in the parallel world of computers) optimization of the algorithm's implementation, which in turn allows it to run with sufficiently many trackers while still leaving CPU time to the user.
  • SIMD Single-Instruction Multiple-Data
  • the process of seeding process hypotheses based upon motion may place more than one hypothesis on a given moving object.
  • One advantage of this multiple hypothesis approach is that a simple, fast, and imperfect tracking algorithm may be used. Thus if one tracker fails, another may be following the object of interest. Once a given tracker has been seeded, the algorithm updates the position of the object being followed using the same function over successive frames.
  • the methodology begins at 500 where, after the motion detection methodology has identified the location of a moving object to be tracked, the next position of the object is predicted. Once identified, the methodology utilizes a prediction algorithm to predict the position of the object in successive frames. The prediction algorithm limits the computational burden on the system. In the successive frames, the moving object should be at the predicted location, or within a narrow range centered on the predicted location.
  • the methodology selects a small pixel window (e.g., ten pixels) centered on the predicted location. Within this small window, an algorithm executes to determine the actual location of the moving object.
  • the new position is determined by examining the sum of the absolute difference algorithm over successive video frames acquired at time t and time t ⁇ 1. The actual location is determined by finding the location (u t , v t ) that minimizes:
  • I t refers to the image at time t
  • I t-1 refers to the image at time t ⁇ 1
  • (u t , v t ) refers to the location at time t.
  • a lightweight sparse stereo approach is utilized in accordance with an aspect of the invention.
  • the sparse stereo approach is a region-based approach utilized to find the disparity at only locations in the image corresponding to the object hypothesis. Note that in the stereo matching process, it is assumed that both cameras are parallel (in rasters). Object hypotheses are supported by frame-to-frame tracking through time in one view and stereo matching across both views. A second calibration issue is the distance between the two cameras (i.e., the baseline), which must be considered to recover depth in real world coordinates.
  • both calibration issues maybe dealt with automatically by fixing the cameras on a prefabricated mounting bracket or semi-automatically by the user presenting objects at a known depth in a calibration routine that requires a short period of time to complete.
  • the accuracy of the transform to world coordinates is improved by accounting for lens distortion effects with a static, pre-computed calibration procedure for a given camera.
  • Binocular disparity is the primary means for recovering depth information from two or more images taken from different viewpoints. Given the two-dimensional position of an object in two views, it is possible to compute the depth of the object. Given that the two cameras are mounted parallel to each other in the same horizontal plane, and given that the two cameras have a focal lengthy f, the three-dimensional position (x,y,z) of an object is computed from the positions of the object in both images (u t ,v t ) and (u r ,v r ) by the following perspective projection equations:
  • disparity is the shift in location of the object in one view with respect to the other, and is related to the baseline b, the distance between the two cameras.
  • the vision algorithm performs 3-dimensional (3-D) tracking and 3-D depth computations.
  • 3-D 3-dimensional
  • each object hypothesis is supported only by consistency of the object movement in 3-D.
  • the present invention does not rely on fragile appearance models such as skin color models or hand image templates, which are likely invalidated when environmental conditions change or the system is confronted with a different user.
  • FIG. 6 there is illustrated a disparity between two video images captured by two video cameras mounted substantially parallel to each other for the purpose of determining the depth of objects, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • a first camera 600 and a second camera 602 are mounted substantially parallel to each other in the same horizontal plane and laterally aligned.
  • the two cameras ( 600 and 602 ) are separated by a distance 604 defined between the longitudinal focal axis of each camera lens, also known as the baseline, b.
  • a first video image 606 is the video image from the first camera 600 and a second video image 608 is the video image from the second camera 602 .
  • the disparity d (also item number 610 ), or shift in the two video images ( 606 and 608 ), can be seen by looking to an object 612 in the center of the first image 606 , and comparing the location of that object 612 in the first image 606 to the location of that same object 612 in the second image 608 .
  • the disparity 610 is illustrated as the difference between a first vertical centerline 614 of the first image 606 that intersects the center of the object 612 , and a second vertical centerline 616 of the second image 688 .
  • the object 612 is centered about the vertical centerline 614 with the top of the object 612 located at point (u,v).
  • the same point (u,v) of the object 612 is located at point (u-d,v) in the second image 608 , where d is the disparity 610 , or shift in the object from the first image 606 with respect to the second image 610 .
  • d is the disparity 610
  • a depth z can be determined.
  • the depth component z is used in part to determine if an object is within the engagement volume, where the engagement volume is the volume within which objects will be selected by the system.
  • a sparse stereo approach is utilized in order to limit computational requirements.
  • the sparse stereo approach is that which determines disparity d only at the locations in the image that corresponds to a moving object. For a given point (u,v) in the image, the value of disparity d is found such that the sum of the absolute differences over a patch in the first image 606 (i.e., a left image I L ) centered on (u,v) and a corresponding patch in the second image 608 (i.e., a right image I R ) centered on (u-d,v), is minimized, i.e., the disparity value d that minimizes SAD(I t ,u-d,v,I r ,u,v). If an estimate of depth z is available from a previous time, then in order to limit computational requirements, the search for the minimal disparity d is limited to a range consistent with the last known depth z.
  • the search range may be further narrowed by use of an algorithm to predict the objects new location.
  • the prediction is accomplished by utilization of a Kalman filter.
  • the depth z can also be computed using traditional triangulation techniques.
  • the sparse stereo technique is used when the system operation involves detecting moving objects within a narrow range in front of the display, e.g., within twenty inches.
  • the two video cameras are mounted in parallel and can be separated by a distance equal to the approximate width of the display, or a even smaller distance that approximates a few inches.
  • the distance between the two video cameras may be much greater.
  • traditional triangulation algorithms are used to determine the depth.
  • a user 700 gives commands by virtue of different hand gestures 702 and/or verbal commands 704 .
  • the gestures 702 are transmitted to a system computer (not shown) as part of the video images created by a pair of video cameras ( 706 and 708 ).
  • Verbal and/or generally, audio commands are input to the system computer through a microphone 710 .
  • Typical GUI windows 712 , 714 , and 716 are displayed in a layered presentation in an upper portion of display 718 while a lower portion of display 718 provides visual graphic feedback of in the form of icons 720 , 722 , 724 , and 726 of some of the gestures 702 recognized by the system.
  • the hand icon 720 is displayed when a corresponding gesture 728 is recognized.
  • the name of the recognized command (Move) is also then displayed below the icon 720 to provide additional textual feedback to the user 700 .
  • Move and Raise commands may be recognized by dwelling on the window for a period of time.
  • the pose of the hand may be mapped to any functionality, as described in greater detail below.
  • the shape of the hand icon may be changed in association with the captured hand pose to provide visual feedback to the user that the correct hand pose is being processed.
  • the hand icon is positioned for selecting the window for interaction, or to move the window, or effect scrolling.
  • a Scroll command may be initiated first by voicing a corresponding command that is processed by speech recognition, and then using the hand (or object) to commence scrolling of the window by moving the hand (or object) up and down for the desired scroll direction.
  • the single displayed hand icon 720 is presented for all recognized hand gestures 702 , however, the corresponding specific command name is displayed below the icon 720 .
  • the same hand icon 720 is displayed in accordance with four different hand gestures utilized to indicate four different commands: Move, Close, Raise, and Scroll.
  • a different hand shaped icon is used for each specific command and the name of the command is optionally displayed below the command.
  • audio confirmation is provided by the computer, in addition to the displayed icon and optional command name displayed below the icon.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates the embodiment where a single hand shaped icon 720 is used, and the corresponding command recognized by the system is displayed below the icon 720 .
  • the icon 720 and corresponding command word “MOVE” are displayed by the display 718 .
  • the icon 720 and corresponding command word “CLOSE” may be displayed by the display 718 .
  • Additional examples include, but are not limited to, displaying the icon 720 and corresponding command word “RAISE” when the system recognizes a hand gesture to bring a GUI window forward.
  • the icon 720 and command word “SCROLL” are displayed by the display 718 .
  • the disclosed system may be configured to display any number and type of graphical icons in response to one or more hand gestures presented by the system user.
  • audio feedback may be used such that a beep or tone may be presented in addition to or in lieu of the graphical feedback.
  • the graphical icon may be used to provide feedback in the form of a color, combination of colors, and/or flashing color or colors. Feedback may also be provided by flashing a border of the selected window, the border in the direction of movement. For example, if the window is to be moved to the right, the right window border could be flashed to indicate the selected direction of window movement.
  • a corresponding tone frequency or any other associated sound may be emitted to indicate direction of movement, e.g., an upward movement would have and associated high pitch and a downward movement would have a low pitch.
  • rotational aspects may be provided such that movement to the left effects a counterclockwise rotation of a move icon, or perhaps a leftward tilt in the GUI window in the direction of movement.
  • FIG. 8 there is illustrated an alternative embodiment wherein a unique icon is displayed in association with a name of a specific recognized command, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • each icon-word pair is unique for each recognized command.
  • Icon-word pairs 800 , 802 , 804 , and 806 for the respective commands “MOVE”, “CLOSE”, “RAISE”, and “SCROLL”, are examples of visual feedback capabilities that can be provided.
  • the system is capable of interpreting commands based on interpreting hand gestures, verbal commands, or both in combination.
  • a hand is identified as a moving object by the motion detection algorithms and the hand movement is tracked and interpreted.
  • hand gestures and verbal commands are used cooperatively.
  • Speech recognition is performed using suitable voice recognition applications, for example, Microsoft SAPI 5.1, with a simple command and control grammar. However, it is understood that any similar speech recognition system can be used.
  • An inexpensive microphone is placed near the display to receive audio input. However, the microphone can be placed at any location insofar as audio signals can be received thereinto and processed by the system.
  • Interaction with the system can be initiated by a user moving a hand across an engagement plane and into an engagement volume.
  • a user 900 is located generally in front of a display 902 , which is also within the imaging capabilities of a pair of cameras ( 906 and 908 ).
  • a microphone 904 (similar to microphones 206 and 710 ) is suitably located such that user voice signals are input for processing, e.g., in front of the display 902 .
  • the cameras ( 906 and 908 , similar to cameras 200 and, 706 and 708 ) are mounted substantially parallel to each other and on a horizontal plane above the display 902 .
  • the two video cameras ( 906 and 908 ) are separated by a distance that provides optimum detection and tracking for the given cameras and the engagement volume.
  • cameras suitable for wider fields of view, higher resolution may be placed further apart on a plane different from the top of the display 902 , for example, lower and along the sides of the display facing upwards, to capture gesture images for processing in accordance with novel aspects of the present invention.
  • more robust image processing capabilities and hypothesis engines can be employed in the system to process greater amounts of data.
  • the engagement volume 910 is typically defined to be located where the bands and/or objects in the hands of the user 900 are most typically situated, i.e., above a keyboard of the computer system and in front of the cameras ( 906 and 908 ) between the user 900 and the display 902 (provided the user 900 is seated in front of the display on which the cameras ( 906 and 908 ) are located).
  • the user 900 may be standing while controlling the computer, which requires that the volume 910 be located accordingly to facilitate interface interaction.
  • the objects may include not only the hand(s) of the user, or objects in the hand(s), but other parts of the body, such as head, torso movement, arms, or any other detectable objects. This is described in greater detail hereinbelow.
  • a plane 912 defines a face of the volume 910 that is closest to the user 900 , and is called the engagement plane.
  • the user 900 may effect control of the system by moving a hand (or object) through the engagement plane 912 and into the engagement volume 910 .
  • the hand of the user 900 is detected and tracked even when outside the engagement volume 910 .
  • the object is moved across the engagement plane 912 , feedback is provided to the user in the form of displaying an alpha-blended icon on the display (e.g., an operating system desktop).
  • the icon is designed to be perceived as distinct from other desktop icons and may be viewed as an area cursor.
  • the engagement plane 912 is positioned such that the user's hands do not enter it during normal use of the keyboard and mouse.
  • the corresponding hand icon displayed on the desktop is moved to reflect the position of the tracked object (or hand).
  • the engagement and acquisition of the moving hand (or object) is implemented in the lightweight sparse stereo system by looking for the object with a depth that is less than a predetermined distance value. Any such object will be considered the command object until it is moved out of the engagement volume 910 , for example, behind the engagement plane 912 , or until the hand (or object) is otherwise removed from being a tracked object.
  • the specified distance is twenty inches.
  • the user 900 moves a hand through the engagement plane 912 and into the engagement volume 910 established for the system.
  • the system detects the hand, tracks the hand as the hand moves from outside of the volume 910 to the inside, and provides feedback by displaying a corresponding hand shaped icon on the display 902 .
  • the open microphone 904 placed near the display 902 provides means for the user 900 to invoke one or more verbal commands in order to act upon the selected window under the icon.
  • the window directly underneath the hand shaped icon is the selected window.
  • the interpreted command is displayed along with the hand shaped icon.
  • the user may initiate the continuous (or stepped) movement of the window under the hand shaped icon to follow the movement of the user's hand.
  • the user 900 causes the selected window to move up or down within the display 902 by moving the hand up or down. Lateral motion is also similarly achieved. Movement of the window is terminated when the user hand is moved across the engagement plane 912 and out of the engagement volume 910 .
  • Other methods of termination include stopping movement of the hand (or object) for an extended period of time, which is processed by the system as a command to drop the associated hypothesis.
  • the Move command may be invoked by dwelling the hand on the window for a period of time, followed by hand motion to initiate the direction of window movement.
  • the user may speak the word “Release” and the system will stop moving the selected window in response to the user's hand motion. Release may also be accomplished by dwelling a bit longer in time while in Move, and/or Scroll modes.
  • the user 900 may also act upon a selected window with other actions. By speaking the words, “Close”, “Minimize”, or “Maximize” the selected window is respectively closed, minimized or maximized. By speaking the word “Raise”, the selected window is brought to the foreground, and by speaking “Send to Back”, the selected window is sent behind (to the background) all other open windows. By speaking “Scroll”, the user initiates a scrolling mode on the selected window. The user may control the rate of the scroll by the position of the hand.
  • the hand shaped icon tracks the user's hand position, and the rate of the scrolling of the selected window is proportional to the distance between the current hand icon position and the position of the hand icon at the time the scrolling is initiated. Scrolling can be terminated by the user speaking “Release” or by the user moving their hand behind the engagement plane and out of the engagement volume.
  • dwell time can be used as a modality to control windows in lieu of, or in addition to, verbal commands and other disclosed modalities.
  • Dwell time is defined as the time, after having engaged the system, that the user holds their hand position stationary such that the system hand shaped icon remains over a particular window. For example, by dwelling on a selected window for a short period of time (e.g., two seconds), the system can bring the window to the foreground of all other open windows (i.e., a RAISE command).
  • GUI windows can be accomplished in a similar fashion by controlling the dwell time of the hand shaped icon over the open window.
  • hand gestures are interpreted by hand motion or by pattern recognition.
  • the user can bring the window to the front (or foreground), on top of all other open windows by moving a hand from a position closer to the display to position farther from the display, the hand remaining in the engagement volume 910 .
  • the use of 3 -D imaging is described in greater detail hereinbelow.
  • the user can cause the selected window to be grabbed and moved by bringing fingers together with their thumb, and subsequently moving the hand.
  • the selected window will move in relation to the user hand movement until the hand is opened up to release the selected window. Additional control over the selected window can be defined in response to particular hand movements or hand gestures.
  • the selected window will move in response to the user pointing their hand, thumb, or finger in a particular direction. For example, if the user points their index finger to right, the window will move to the right within the display. Similarly, if the user points to the left, up, or down the selected window will move to the left, up or down within the display, respectively. Additional window controls can be achieved through the use of similar hand gestures or motions.
  • the system is configurable such that an individual user selects the particular hand gestures that they wish to associate with particular commands.
  • the system provides default settings that map a given set of gestures to a given set of commands.
  • This mapping is configurable such that the specific command executed in response to each particular hand gesture is definable by each user. For example, one user may wish to point directly at the screen with their index finger to grab the selected window for movement while another user may wish to bring their fingers together with their thumb to grab the selected window.
  • one user may wish to point a group of fingers up or down in order to move a selected window up or down, while another user may wish to open the palm of their hand toward the cameras and then move their opened hand up or down to move a selected window up or down. All given gestures and commands are configurable by the individual users to best suit that particular user's individual personal preferences.
  • the system may include a “Record and Define Gesture” mode.
  • the system records hand gestures performed by the user.
  • the recorded gestures are then stored in the system memory to be recognized during normal operation.
  • the given hand gestures are then associated with a particular command to be performed by the system in response to that particular hand gesture.
  • a user may further tailor the system to their personal preference or, similarly, may tailor system operation to respond to specific commands most appropriate for particular applications.
  • the user can choose the particular words, from a given set, they wish to use for a particular command. For example, one user may choose to say “Release” to stop moving a window while another may wish to say, “Quit”.
  • This capability allows different users, which may prefer to use different words for a given command, the ability to tailor the system in a way most efficient for their personal use.
  • the present invention can be utilized in an expansive list of applications. The following discussion is exemplary of only a few applications with which the present invention may be utilized.
  • One such application is associated with user control of a presentation, or similar type of briefing application, wherein the user makes a presentation on a projection type screen to a group of listeners.
  • the system includes three monitors (or displays) through which the user 900 exercises control of 001 features; a first display 912 , a second display 914 , and a third display 916 .
  • the cameras ( 906 and 908 ) are similarly situated as in FIG. 9A , to define the engagement volume 910 .
  • the user 900 can move a window 920 from the first display 912 to the second display 914 , and further from the second display 914 to the third display 916 .
  • the flick motion of the user hand 918 can effect movement of the window 920 from the first display 912 to the third display 916 in a single window movement, or in multiple steps through the displays ( 914 and 916 ) using corresponding multiple band motions.
  • control by the user 900 occurs only when the user hand 918 breaks the engagement plane 912 , and is determined to be a control object (i.e., an object meeting parameters sufficient to effect control of the computer).
  • the user 900 is located generally in front of the displays ( 912 , 914 , and 916 ), which is also within the imaging capabilities of the pair of cameras ( 906 and 908 ).
  • the microphone 904 is suitably located to receive user voice signals.
  • the cameras ( 906 and 908 ) are mounted substantially parallel to each other and on a horizontal plane above the displays ( 912 , 914 , and 916 ), and separated by a distance that provides optimum detection and tracking for the given cameras and the engagement volume 910 .
  • the user 900 moves the hand 918 through the engagement plane 912 and into the engagement volume 910 established for the system.
  • the system which had detected and tracked the hand 918 before it entered the volume 912 , begins providing feedback to the user 900 by displaying the band shaped icon 922 on one of the displays ( 912 , 914 , and 916 ).
  • the microphone 904 provides additional means for the user 900 to invoke one or more verbal commands in order to act upon the selected window 920 under the corresponding icon 922 .
  • the window 920 directly underneath the hand shaped icon is the selected window.
  • the corresponding icon 922 is presented by the system on the computer display 912 .
  • the associated window is assigned for control.
  • the user 900 causes the selected window to move up or down within the display by invoking the ‘Move’ command as explained above and then moving the hand up or down, or to move across one or more of the monitors ( 914 and 916 ) by invoking the ‘Flick’ command and then using the flick band motion.
  • the user 900 can cause the window 920 to be moved left to the first display 912 , or right to the third display 916 . Movement of the window is terminated (or “released”) when the user hand dwells for a time longer than a predetermined dwell time, or out of the engagement volume 910 .
  • the user may speak the word “Release” and the system will stop moving the selected window in response to the user's hand motion. Release may also be accomplished by dwelling a bit while in Move, and/or Scroll modes. The user may also act upon a selected window with other actions. By speaking the words, “Close”, “Minimize”, or “Maximize” the selected window is respectively closed, minimized or maximized. By speaking the word “Raise”, the selected window is brought to the foreground, and by speaking “Send to Back”, the selected window is sent behind (to the background) all other open windows. By speaking “Scroll”, the user initiates a scrolling mode on the selected window. The user may control the rate of the scroll by the position of the hand.
  • the hand shaped icon tracks the user's hand position, and the rate of the scrolling of the selected window is proportional to the distance between the current hand icon position and the position of the hand icon at the time the scrolling is initialed. Scrolling can be terminated by the user speaking “Release” or by the user moving their hand behind the engagement plane and out of the engagement volume.
  • the briefing room 1000 comprises a large briefing table 1002 surrounded on three sides by numerous chairs 1004 , a computer 1006 , a video projector 1008 , and a projector screen 1010 .
  • Utilization of the present invention adds additional elements comprising the disclosed perceptual software 1012 , two video cameras ( 1014 and 1016 ) and a microphone 1018 .
  • a user 1020 is positioned between the projector screen 1010 and briefing table 1002 at which the audience is seated.
  • a top face 1022 of an engagement volume 1024 is defined by rectangular area 1026 .
  • a front surface indicated at 1028 represents an engagement plane.
  • the user controls the content displayed on the projection screen 1010 and advancement of the slides (or presentation images) by moving their hand(s) through the engagement plane 1028 into the engagement volume 1024 , and/or speaking commands recognizable by the system.
  • a simple gesture is made to advance to the next slide, back-up to a previous slide, initiate an embedded video, or to effect one of a number of many other presentation capabilities.
  • a similar capability can be implemented for a home media center wherein the user can change selected video sources, change channels, control volume, advance chapter and other similar functions by moving their hand across an engagement plane into an engagement volume and subsequently performing the appropriate hand gesture.
  • Additional applications include perceptual interfaces for TabletPCs, Media center PCs, kiosks, hand held computers, home appliances, video games, and wall sized displays, along with many others.
  • the system can be configured such that the engagement volume travels with the user (in a “roaming” mode) as the user moves about the room.
  • the cameras would be mounted on a platform that rotates such that the rotation maintains the cameras substantially equidistant from the presenter.
  • the presenter may carry a sensor (e.g., an RFID tag) that allows the system to sense or track the general location of the presenter. The system would then affect rotation of the camera mount to “point” the cameras at the presenter.
  • the engagement volume may be extended to the presenter allowing control of the computer system as the presenter moves about.
  • the process of “extending” the engagement volume can include increasing the depth of the volume such that the engagement plane surface moves to the presenter, or by maintaining the volume dimensions, but moving the fixed volume to the presenter. This would require on-the-fly focal adjustment of the cameras to track quick movements in the depth of objects in the volume, but also the movement of the presenter.
  • Another method of triggering system attention in this mode would be to execute a predefined gesture that is not likely to be made unintentionally, e.g., raising a hand.
  • the system is configurable for individual preferences such that the engagement volume of a first user may be different from the volume of a second user.
  • the user preferences may be retrieved and implemented automatically by the system. This can include automatically elevating the mounted cameras for a taller person by using a telescoping camera stand so that the cameras are at the appropriate height of the particular user, whether sitting or standing. This also includes, but is not limited to, setting the system for “roaming” mode.
  • FIG. 11 there is illustrated a block diagram of a computer operable to execute the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 and the following discussion are intended to provide a brief, general description of a suitable computing environment 1100 in which the various aspects of the present invention may be implemented. While the invention has been described above in the general context of computer-executable instructions that may run on one or more computers, those skilled in the art will recognize that the invention also may be implemented in combination with other program modules and/or as a combination of hardware and software.
  • program modules include routines, programs, components, data structures, etc., that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data types.
  • inventive methods may be practiced with other computer system configurations, including single-processor or multiprocessor computer systems, minicomputers, mainframe computers, as well as personal computers, hand-held computing devices, microprocessor-based or programmable consumer electronics, and the like, each of which may be operatively coupled to one or more associated devices.
  • inventive methods may also be practiced in distributed computing environments where certain tasks are performed by remote processing devices that are linked through a communications network.
  • program modules may be located in both local and remote memory storage devices.
  • a computer typically includes a variety of computer readable media.
  • Computer readable media can be any available media that can be accessed by the computer and includes both volatile and nonvolatile media, removable and non-removable media.
  • Computer readable media can comprise computer storage media and communication media.
  • Computer storage media includes both volatile and nonvolatile, removable and non-removable media implemented in any method or technology for storage of information such as computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data.
  • Computer storage media includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, flash memory or other memory technology, CD-ROM, digital video disk (DVD) or other optical disk storage, magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium which can be used to store the desired information and which can be accessed by the computer.
  • Communication media typically embodies computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data in a modulated data signal such as a carrier wave or other transport mechanism and includes any information delivery media.
  • modulated data signal means a signal that has one or more of its characteristics set or changed in such a manner as to encode information in the signal.
  • communication media includes wired media such as a wired network or direct-wired connection, and wireless media such as acoustic, RF, infrared and other wireless media. Combinations of the any of the above should also be included within the scope of computer readable media.
  • the exemplary environment 1100 for implementing various aspects of the invention includes a computer 1102 , the computer 1102 including a processing unit 1104 , a system memory 1106 , and a system bus 1108 .
  • the system bus 1108 couples system components including, but not limited to the system memory 1106 to the processing unit 1104 .
  • the processing unit 1104 may be any of various commercially available processors. Dual microprocessors and other multi processor architectures also can be employed as the processing unit 1104 .
  • the system bus 1108 can be any of several types of bus structure including a memory bus or memory controller, a peripheral bus, and a local bus using any of a variety of commercially available bus architectures.
  • the system memory 1106 includes read only memory (ROM) 1110 and random access memory (RAM) 1112 .
  • ROM read only memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • the computer 1102 further includes a hard disk drive 1114 , a magnetic disk drive 1116 , (e.g., to read from or write to a removable disk 1118 ) and an optical disk drive 1120 , (e.g., reading a CD-ROM disk 1122 or to read from or write to other optical media).
  • the hard disk drive 1114 , magnetic disk drive 1116 and optical disk drive 1120 can be connected to the system bus 1108 by a hard disk drive interface 1124 , a magnetic disk drive interface 1126 and an optical drive interface 1128 , respectively.
  • the drives and their associated computer-readable media provide nonvolatile storage of data, data structures, computer-executable instructions, and so forth.
  • the drives and media accommodate the storage of broadcast programming in a suitable digital format.
  • computer-readable media refers to a hard disk, a removable magnetic disk and a CD
  • other types of media which are readable by a computer such as zip drives, magnetic cassettes, flash memory cards, digital video disks, cartridges, and the like, may also be used in the exemplary operating environment, and further that any such media may contain computer-executable instructions for performing the methods of the present invention.
  • a number of program modules can be stored in the drives and RAM 1112 , including an operating system 1130 , one or more application programs 1132 , other program modules 1134 and program data 1136 . It is appreciated that the present invention can be implemented with various commercially available operating systems or combinations of operating systems.
  • a user can enter commands and information into the computer 1102 through a keyboard 1138 and a pointing device, such as a mouse 1140 .
  • Other input devices may include one or more video cameras, one or microphones, an IR remote control, a joystick, a game pad, a satellite dish, a scanner, or the like.
  • These and other input devices are often connected to the processing unit 1104 through a serial port interface 1142 that is coupled to the system bus 1108 , but may be connected by other interfaces, such as a parallel port, a game port, an IEEE 1394 serial port, a universal serial bus (“USB”), an IR interface, etc.
  • USB universal serial bus
  • a monitor 1144 or other type of display device is also connected to the system bus 1108 via an interface, such as a video adapter 1146 .
  • a computer typically includes other peripheral output devices (not shown), such as speakers, printers etc.
  • the computer 1102 may operate in a networked environment using logical connections to one or more remote computers, such as a remote computer(s) 1148 .
  • the remote computer(s) 1148 may be a workstation, a server computer, a router, a personal computer, portable computer, microprocessor-based entertainment appliance, a peer device or other common network node, and typically includes many or all of the elements described relative to the computer 1102 , although, for purposes of brevity, only a memory storage device 1150 is illustrated.
  • the logical connections depicted include a LAN 1152 and a WAN 1154 .
  • Such networking environments are commonplace in offices, enterprise-wide computer networks, intranets and the Internet.
  • the computer 1102 When used in a LAN networking environment, the computer 1102 is connected to the local network 1152 through a network interface or adapter 1156 .
  • the computer 1102 When used in a WAN networking environment, the computer 1102 typically includes a modem 1158 , or is connected to a communications server on the LAN, or has other means for establishing communications over the WAN 1154 , such as the Internet.
  • the modem 1158 which may be internal or external, is connected to the system bus 1108 via the serial port interface 1142 .
  • program modules depicted relative to the computer 1102 may be stored in the remote memory storage device 1150 . It will be appreciated that the network connections shown are exemplary and other means of establishing a communications link between the computers may be used.
  • a camera 1160 (such as a digital/electronic still or video camera, or film/photographic scanner) capable of capturing a sequence of images 1162 can also be included as an input device to the computer 1102 . While just one camera 1160 is depicted, multiple cameras 1160 could be included as input devices to the computer 1102 .
  • the images 1162 from the one or more cameras 1160 are input into the computer 1102 via an appropriate camera interface 1164 .
  • This interface 1164 is connected to the system bus 1108 , thereby allowing the images 1162 to be routed to and stored in the RAM 1112 , or one of the other data storage devices associated with the computer 1102 .
  • image data can be input into the computer 1102 from any of the aforementioned computer-readable media as well, without requiring the use of the camera 1160 .
  • the implementation 1200 includes a first perceptual system 1202 and a second perceptual system 1204 , both operational according to the disclosed invention.
  • the first system 1202 includes cameras 1206 (also denoted C 1 and C 2 ) mounted on a rotational and telescoping camera mount 1208 .
  • a first user 1210 located generally in front of the first system 1202 effects control of a GUI Content A of the first system 1202 in accordance with the novel aspects of the present invention by introducing hand gestures into an engagement volume 1211 and/or voice signals via a microphone.
  • the first user 1210 may roam about in front of the cameras 1206 in accordance with the “roaming” operational mode described previously, or may be seated in front of the cameras 1206 .
  • the second system 1204 includes cameras 1212 (also denoted C 3 and C 4 ) mounted on a rotational and telescoping camera mount 1214 .
  • a second user 1216 located generally in front of the second system 1204 effects control of a GUI Content B of the second system 1204 in accordance with the novel aspects of the present invention by introducing hand gestures into an engagement volume 1217 and/or voice signals using a microphone.
  • the second user 1216 may roam about in front of the cameras 1212 in accordance with the “roaming” operational mode described previously, or may be seated in front of the cameras 1212 .
  • the first and second systems ( 1202 and 1204 ) may be networked in a conventional wired or wireless network 1207 peer configuration (or bus configuration by using a hub 1215 ).
  • This particular system 1200 is employed to present both Content A and Content B via a single large monitor or display 1218 .
  • the monitor 1218 can be driven by either of the systems ( 1202 and 1204 ), as can be provided by conventional dual-output video graphics cards, or the separate video information may be transmitted to a third monitor control system 1220 to present the content.
  • Such an implementation finds application where a side-by-side comparison of product features is being presented, or other similar applications where two or more users may desire to interact.
  • Content A and Content B can be presented on a split screen layout of the monitor 1218 .
  • Either or both users ( 1210 and 1216 ) can also provide keyboard and/or mouse input to facilitate control according to the present invention.
  • An operating room 1302 includes an operating table 1304 on which a patient 1305 is placed.
  • a doctor (or medical person) 1306 is positioned to one side of the table 1304 in order to effectively operate on the patient 1305 .
  • the medical person 1306 may be required to move around the table 1304 and operate from various positions and angles.
  • the operating room system 1300 also includes an operation computer system 1308 used by the medical person 1306 to facilitate the operation.
  • the operation computer system 1308 comprises three computer systems: a first computer system 1310 , a second computer system 1312 , and a third computer system 1314 .
  • the first system 1310 includes a first monitor (or display) 1316
  • the second system 1312 includes a second display 1318
  • the third system 1314 includes a third display 1320 .
  • Medical information related to the patient 1305 can be displayed on the any one or more of the monitors ( 1316 , 1318 and 1320 ) before, during, and/or after the operation.
  • the computer and displays can be oriented or positioned in any manner suitable for easy use and viewing by operating room personnel.
  • the operation computing system 1308 also includes at least a pair of cameras 1322 suitably designed for capturing images of at least the hands, arms, head, and general upper torso appendage positions, to the level of hand and finger positions of the medical person 1306 .
  • the cameras 1322 can be connected to a single computer system for the input of image data, and thereafter, the image data distributed among the computing systems ( 1310 , 1312 , and 1314 ) for processing.
  • the three computer systems ( 1310 , 1312 , and 1314 ) are networked on a wired network 1324 , which network 1324 can connect to a larger hospital or facility-wide network, for example. Note that it is not required to have three computer systems.
  • a gigabit or faster network can be employed internally and locally for high-speed communication of the image data between the computer systems ( 1310 , 1312 , and 1314 ) or to a fourth computer system (not shown) on the local high-speed network that can more efficiently and quickly process and present the image data to any one or more of the displays ( 1316 , 1318 , and 1320 ).
  • the disclosed invention is not restricted to more computers or fewer computers. This is to indicate that the system can employ a plurality of computers for presenting the same information from multiple perspectives (as could be beneficial in an operating room environment), and different information from each system, for example.
  • the operation computing system 1308 develops an engagement volume 1326 above the operating table 1304 , which volume envelops part or all the operation area of patient 1305 .
  • the table 1304 , patient 1305 , and volume 1326 are all at a height suitable for operation such that the hands of the medical person 1306 can engage the volume 1326 at an appropriate height to be detected and tracked by the computing system 1308 .
  • Hand gestures of the medical person 1306 are then imaged, tracked, and processed, as described hereinabove, and more specifically, with respect to FIG. 9 , to facilitate controlling the presentation of information on one or more of the displays ( 1316 , 1318 , and 1320 ) via associated computing systems, as this can also entail audio I/O.
  • the medical person 1306 can be outfitted with a wireless portable microphone system 1328 that includes a power supply, microphone, and transmitter for communicating wirelessly with a computer wireless transceiver system 1330 of the operation computer system 1308 .
  • voice commands alone or in combination with hand gestures can be used to facilitate the operation.
  • FIG. 14 there is illustrated a medical operating room environment 1400 in which a computer control system 1404 with a wireless control device 1404 is employed.
  • the system 1404 also includes the use of the wireless control device 1404 for control thereof.
  • the engagement volume of FIG. 13 is no longer required or used only marginally.
  • the medical person 1306 uses the wireless remote control user interface (UI) device 1404 (hereinafter referred to as a “wand”) to facilitate control of the operation computer system 1308 .
  • the wand 1404 can be positioned on a headpiece 1406 worn by the medical person 1306 to provide the free use of hands during the procedure.
  • UI wireless remote control user interface
  • the wand 1404 is oriented in parallel with the line of sight (or also called, “gaze”) of the person 1306 such that when the person's line of sight is to the system 1308 , this is detected as an interaction to be processes by the system 1308 . All the person 1306 needs to do is perform head movements to facilitate control of the operation computing system 1308 .
  • the wand 1404 includes one or more sensors the outputs of which are transmitted to the transceiver system 1330 and forwarded to the operation computing system 1308 for processing.
  • the wand 1404 and associated computing system and imaging capabilities are described in the following pending U.S.
  • the system 1402 includes the aforementioned wand 1404 in the form of the wireless radio frequency (RF) pointer, which includes an RF transceiver and various orientation sensors.
  • the outputs of the sensors are periodically packaged as orientation signals and transmitted using the RF transceiver to the computer transceiver 1330 , which also has a RF transceiver to receive the orientation messages transmitted by the wand 1404 .
  • the orientation signals of the wand 1404 are forwarded to the computer system 1308 .
  • the computer system 1308 is employed to compute the orientation and location of the wand 1404 using the orientation signals, as are images of the wand 1404 captured by the cameras 1322 .
  • the orientation and location of the wand 1404 is in turn used to determine if the wand 1404 is being pointed at an object in the operating room environment 1400 that is controllable by the computer system 1308 via the network 1324 , such as one of the displays ( 1316 , 1318 , or 1320 ). If so, the object is selected.
  • the wand 1404 specifically includes a case having a shape with a defined pointing end, a microcontroller, the aforementioned RF transceiver and orientation sensors which are connected to the microcontroller, and a power supply (e.g., batteries) for powering these electronic components.
  • the orientation sensors of the wand 1404 include at least, an accelerometer, which provides separate x-axis and y-axis orientation signals, and a magnetometer, which provides separate tri-axial measurements (x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis) orientation signals.
  • These electronics are housed in a case that resembles a handheld wand. However, the packaging can be of any form factor such that the functionality of the wand 1404 can be used for the particular purpose.
  • the orientation signals generated by the wand 1404 include the outputs of the sensors.
  • the wand microcontroller periodically reads and stores the outputs of the orientation sensors. Whenever a request for an orientation signal is received (or it is time to generate such a signal if the pointer is programmed to do so without a request), the microcontroller includes the last-read outputs from the accelerometer and magnetometer in the orientation signal.
  • the wand 1404 also includes other electronic components such as a user activated switch or button, and a series of light emitting diodes (LEDs).
  • the user-activated switch which is also connected to the microcontroller, is employed for the purpose of instructing the computer to implement a particular function, such as will be described later. To this end, the state of the switch in regard to whether it is activated or deactivated at the time an orientation message is packaged is included in that message for transmission to the computer.
  • the series of LEDs includes a pair of differently colored, visible spectrum LEDs, which are connected to the microcontroller, and which are visible from the outside of the pointer's case when lit. These LEDs are used to provide status or feedback information to the user, and are controlled via instructions transmitted to the pointer by the computer.
  • the user activated switch can be implemented in an alternative manner using hands-free control thereof via heed movements, for example, or a combination of voice activation, and/or head movement, just to name a few.
  • the foregoing system 1402 is utilized to select an object by having the user simply point to the object or feature with the wand 1404 .
  • This entails the computer system 1308 first receiving the orientation signals transmitted by the wand 1404 .
  • the computer 1308 derives the orientation of the wand 1404 in relation to a predefined coordinate system of the environment in which the wand 1404 is operating using the orientation sensor readings contained in the message.
  • the video output from the video cameras 1322 is used to ascertain the location of the wand 1404 at a time substantially contemporaneous with the generation of the orientation signals and in terms of the predefined coordinate system. Once the orientation and location of the wand 1404 are computed, they are used to determine whether the wand 1404 is being pointed at an object in the environment that is controllable by the computer system 1308 . If so, then that object is selected for future control actions.
  • the computer system 1308 derives the orientation of the wand 1404 from the orientation sensor readings contained in the orientation signals, as follows. First, the accelerometer and magnetometer output values contained in the orientation signals are normalized. 1000 Angles defining the pitch of the wand 1404 about the x-axis and the roll of the device about the y-axis are computed 1002 from the normalized outputs of the accelerometer. The normalized magnetometer output values are then refined 1004 using these pitch and roll angles. Next, previously established correction factors for each axis of the magnetometer, which relate the magnetometer outputs to the predefined coordinate system of the environment, are applied 1006 to the associated refined and system of the environment, are applied to the associated refined and normalized outputs of the magnetometer.
  • the yaw angle of the wand 1404 about the z-axis is computed 1008 using the refined magnetometer output values.
  • the computed pitch, roll and yaw angles are then tentatively designated 1010 as defining the orientation of the wand 1404 at the time the orientation signals are generated.
  • the wand 1404 is in a right-side up or up-side down position at the time the orientation signals were generated. If the wand 1404 was in the right-side up position, the previously computed pitch, roll and yaw, angles are designated as the defining the finalized orientation of the wand 1404 . However, if it is determined that the wand 1404 was in the up-side down position at the time the orientation message was generated, the tentatively designated roll angle is corrected accordingly, and then the pitch, yaw and modified roll angle are designated as defining the finalized orientation of the wand 1404 .
  • the accelerometer and magnetometer of the wand 1404 are oriented such that their respective first axis corresponds to the x-axis which is directed laterally to a pointing axis of the wand 1404 , and their respective second axis corresponds to the y-axis, which is directed along the pointing axis of the wand 1404 , and the third axis of the magnetometer corresponds to the z-axis, which is directed vertically upward when the wand 1404 is positioned right-side up with the x and y axes lying in a horizontal plane.
  • the computer system 1308 derives the location of the wand 1404 from the video output of the video cameras 1322 , as follows.
  • the wand 1404 there is an infrared (IR) LED connected to a microcontroller that is able to emit IR light outside the wand 1404 case when lit.
  • the microcontroller causes the IR LEDs to flash.
  • the aforementioned pair of digital video cameras 1322 each have an IR pass filter that results in the video image frames capturing only IR light emitted or reflected in the environment toward the cameras 1322 , including the flashing from the wand 1404 IR LED which appears as a bright spot in the video image frames.
  • the microcontroller causes the IR LED to flash at a prescribed rate that is approximately one-half the frame rate of the video cameras 1322 . This results in only one of each pair of image frames produced by a camera having the IR LED flashes depicted in it. This allows each pair of frames produced by a camera to be subtracted to produce a difference image, which depicts for the most part only the IR emissions and reflections directed toward the camera which appear in one or the other of the pair of frames but not both (such as the flash from the IR LED of the pointing device). In this way, the background IR in the environment is attenuated and the IR flash becomes the predominant feature in the difference image.
  • the image coordinates of the pixel in the difference image that exhibits the highest intensity is then identified using a standard peak detection procedure.
  • a conventional stereo image technique is employed to compute the 3-D coordinates of the flash for each set of approximately contemporaneous pairs of image frames generated by the pair of cameras 1322 using the image coordinates of the flash from the associated difference images and predetermined intrinsic and extrinsic camera parameters. These coordinates represent the location of the wand 1404 (as represented by the location of the IR LED) at the time the video image frames used to compute the coordinates were generated by the cameras 1322 .
  • the orientation and location of the wand 1404 at any given time is used to determine whether the wand 1404 is being pointed at an object in the environment that is controllable by the computer system 1308 .
  • the computer system 1308 In order to do so, the computer system 1308 must know what objects are controllable and where they exist in the environment. This requires a model of the environment.
  • the location and extent of objects within the environment that are controllable by the computer system 1308 are modeled using 3-D Gaussian blobs defined by a location of the mean of the blob in terms of its environmental coordinates and a covariance.
  • the first method involves the user inputting information identifying the object that is to be modeled. The user then activates the switch on the pointing device and traces the outline of the object. Meanwhile, the computer system 1308 is running a target training procedure that causes requests for orientation signals to be sent to the wand 1404 at a prescribed request rate.
  • the orientation signals are input when received, and for each orientation signal, it is determined whether the switch state indicator included in the orientation signal indicates that the switch is activated. Whenever it is initially determined that the switch is not activated, the switch state determination action is repeated for each subsequent orientation signal received until an orientation signal is received that indicates the switch is activated.
  • the location of the wand 1404 is ascertained, as described previously, using the digital video input from the pair of video cameras 1322 .
  • the target training (or calibration) process detects this as the switch having been deactivated after first having been activated in the immediately preceding orientation signal. Whenever such a condition occurs, the tracing procedure is deemed to be complete and a 3-D Gaussian blob representing the object is established using the previously ascertained wand locations stored during the tracing procedure.
  • the second method of modeling objects during a calibration process once again begins by the user inputting information identifying the object that is to be modeled. However, in this case the user repeatedly points the wand 1404 at the object and momentarily activates the switch on the wand 1404 , each time pointing the wand 1404 from a different location within the environment. Meanwhile, the computer system 1308 is running a target training algorithm that causes requests for orientation signals to be sent to the wand 1404 at a prescribed request rate. Each orientation message received from the wand 1404 is input until the user indicates the target training inputs are complete.
  • the switch state indicator contained therein indicates that the switch is activated.
  • the orientation of the wand 1404 is computed, as described previously, using orientation sensor readings also included in the orientation message.
  • the location of the wand 1404 is ascertained using the inputted digital video from the pair of video cameras 1322 . The computed orientation and location values are stored.
  • the location of the mean of a 3-D Gaussian blob that will be used to represent the object being modeled is computed from the stored orientation and location values of the wand 1404 .
  • the covariance of the Gaussian blob is then obtained in one of various ways. For example, it can be a prescribed covariance, a user input covariance, or the covariance can be computed by adding a minimum covariance to the spread of the intersection points of rays defined by the stored orientation and location values of the wand 1404 .
  • the orientation and location of the wand 1404 is used to determine whether the wand 1404 is being pointed at an object in the environment that is controllable by the computer system 1308 .
  • the blob is projected onto a plane that is normal to either a line extending from the location of the wand 1404 to the mean of the blob, or a ray originating at the location of the wand 1404 and extending in a direction defined by the orientation of the wand 1404 .
  • the value of the resulting projected Gaussian blob at a point where the ray intersects the plane is computed. This value represents the probability that the wand 1404 is pointing at the object associated with the blob under consideration.
  • the probability is computed that represents the largest value computed for the Gaussian blobs, if any.
  • the object associated with the Gaussian blob from which the largest probability value was derived could be designated as being the object at which the wand 1404 is pointing.
  • an alternative thresholding procedure could be employed instead. In this alternate version, it is first determined whether the largest probability value exceeds a prescribed minimum probability threshold. Only if the threshold is exceeded is the object associated with the projected Gaussian blob from which the largest probability value was derived designated as being the object at which the wand 1404 is pointing.
  • the minimum probability threshold is chosen to ensure the user is actually pointing at the object and not just near the object without an intent to select it.
  • each Gaussian blob it is determined whether a ray originating at the location of the wand 1404 and extending in a direction defined by the orientation of the wand 1404 intersects the blob.
  • the value of the Gaussian blob is at a point along the ray nearest the location of the mean of the blob. This value represents the probability that the wand 1404 is pointing at the object associated with the Gaussian blob.
  • the object associated with the Gaussian blob from which the largest probability value was derived could be designated as being the object at which the wand 1404 is pointing.
  • Hands-free control of the operation computing system 1308 using the head mounted wand 1404 involves generating at least a series of calibrated head movements. Moreover, since the person 1306 also uses the wireless microphone system 1328 , voice commands can be employed alone or in combination with the head movements to enhance control of the computer system 1308 . With the implementation of one or more motion sensors therein, e.g., accelerometers, velocity and/or acceleration data can be measured and resolved as the “switch” signal of the wand 1404 to initiate or terminate an action without physically having to move a switch with a finger, which would be extremely cumbersome and risky (insofar at least as sterilization and the transmission of germs is involved) in an operating room environment.
  • one or more motion sensors e.g., accelerometers
  • velocity and/or acceleration data can be measured and resolved as the “switch” signal of the wand 1404 to initiate or terminate an action without physically having to move a switch with a finger, which would be extremely cumbersome and risky (in
  • a simple left-right head movement can be interpreted to initiate a paging action such that displayed images are changed similar to a person thumbing through pages of a book. Thereafter, an up-down head nod could be used to stop the paging process.
  • the paging process could be initiated by voice command after the system 1308 ascertains that the gaze is directed at the second display 1318 .
  • the wands can be uniquely identified by an RF tagging system, such that signals transmitted to the computer system 1308 are interpreted in association with different personnel.
  • the doctor in charge of the operation and his or her assisting nurse could each have a head mounted wand.
  • the system 1308 can be suitably designed to discriminate the wand signals according to a unique tag ID that accompanies each signal transmitted to the computer system 1308 .
  • Such tagging system can also be used as a method of prioritizing signals for controlling the computer.
  • the system can be configured to prioritize signals received from the doctor over those signals received from the assisting nurse.
  • the computer system 1308 employs the classifier system described hereinabove to learn the movements of personnel over time. For example, body movements of one person typically differ from the way a body movement of another may be used to control the system 1308 .
  • the system 1308 can employ the classifier to learn the particular movements of a given user. Once the user “logs in” to the system 1308 , these customized movement signals (and voice signals, for example) can then be activated for use by the system 1308 for that user.
  • a remote wireless system 1404 can be employed, other internal and external signals can be input thereto for transmission to and control of the system 1308 .
  • the heart rate of the person 1306 can be monitored and input to the wand system 1404 or wireless voice system 1328 for wireless input to the system 1308 to monitor the state of the person 1306 .
  • the classifier can be used to modify how the movement and voice signals are processed for controlling the system 1308 .
  • a faster heart rate can indicate faster speech and/or head movements that would then be compensated for in the system 1308 using the classifier. Of course, these parameters would be determined on a user-by-user basis.
  • the system 1308 can determine a number of factors about the person 1306 .
  • the system 1308 can determine when the person 1306 (or what person(s)) is looking at the system 1308 . For example, if the orientation of the wand 1404 indicates that the head position (or gaze) of the person 1306 matches orientation associated with looking at any of the three monitors ( 1316 , 1318 , or 1320 ), here, the second monitor 1318 , the system 1308 then responds according to signals received thereafter, until the viewing session associated with the second monitor 1318 is terminated by voice and/or head movements.
  • the system 1308 can re-associate the wand 1404 with a user profile of another person 1306 who will use the wand 1404 .
  • There exists a database of user profiles and tag associations such that invocation of the wand tag (or ID) with the user log-in name automatically executes the user profile for use with the wand 1404 . This way, individualized user commands in the form of head movements, voice commands, etc., are automatically invoked at the user log-in process.
  • the system 1308 can also employ a bi-directional activation scheme wherein the user initiates a user command for starting a session, and the system 1308 responds with a signal that further requires a user response to confirm that a session is to begin.
  • the person 1306 can initiate a session by motioning an up-down head nod repeatedly for three cycles.
  • the system 1308 receives the corresponding three cycles of up-down nod signals that are interpreted to start a session of that person 1306 .
  • the system 1308 responds by presenting an image on the first display 1316 , and at which the person 1306 must point the wand 1404 to confirm the start of the session.
  • the transceiver system 1330 can be used for wireless communication for both the wand system 1404 and voice communications system 1328 .
  • the wand link can be of one frequency, and the voice communication link another frequency.
  • the computer system 1308 is configured to accommodate both by proving frequency discrimination and processing so that signal streams can be filtered and processed to extract the corresponding wand and voice signals.
  • the user performs a calibration process that comprises associating a number of head movements and/or voice commands with user commands. This also includes using voice commands singly to control the operation computer system or in combination with the head movements to do so.
  • the calibration process can be performed well in advance of use in the operating room, and updated as the user chooses to change movements and/of voice signals with user commands.
  • the person initiates a session with the computer system using one or more user commands.
  • the person then inputs one or more of the user commands to control the computing system.
  • the person terminates the session using one or more of the user commands. The process then reaches a Stop block.
  • the calibration process occurs where the system associates wand device signals and/or voice signals with user commands specified by the person.
  • the calibration process ends.
  • the user wand signals are received and processed by the system.
  • the system determines if the processed user command(s) indicate that a session is to be started with that user. If NO, flow is back to the input of 1602 to continue to processing received device and voice signals. If YES, flow is to 1606 to identify the user. This can occur by the system processing the received signal and extracting the device tag ID.
  • the tag ID of the wand Prior to use, the tag ID of the wand is programmed for association with a given user.
  • the user profile of calibration data is activated for use.
  • the operating staff are assigned such that the log-in names of the doctors and assistants can be entered prior to beginning the operation.
  • the user profiles are already activated for processing.
  • the device signals are received and processed to determine the tag ID of the device and to process the user command(s) against the associated profile information to enable the related command.
  • the classifier tracks, processes, compares, and updates the user profile when wand movements associated with the particular user command are changed within certain criteria.
  • the computer system determines if the session has completed. If NO, flow is back to the input of 1610 to continue to process user commands. If YES, flow is to 1616 to terminate the user session. The process then reaches a Stop block. Of course, from 1616 , flow can be brought back to the input of 1602 to continue to process signals from other devices or to prepare for another session, which could occur many times during the operating room event.
  • FIG. 17 there is illustrated a medical environment 1700 in which a 3-D imaging computer control system 1702 is employed to process hand (or body) gestures in accordance with the present invention.
  • the operation computing system 1308 provides 3-D image recognition and processing capability such that the engagement volume of FIG. 13 and the wand 1404 of FIG. 14 are no longer required.
  • the system 1702 can be augmented with voice commands in a manner similar to that described above; however, this is not needed. Audio-visual co-analysis can be used to improve continuous gesture recognition.
  • the transceiver system 1330 is used only for wireless voice communication, when vocalization is employed.
  • the medical person 1306 can simply use the system 1308 as a dictaphone to record voice signals during the operation.
  • the foregoing system 1702 is used to select an object under computer control in the environment by the computer system 1308 by having the user simply make one or more hand gestures. Of course, this can be done using both hands, which feature will be described in greater detail hereinbelow.
  • This entails the computer system 1308 capturing imaging information about the hand gesture(s), and for each image or series of images received, the computer system 1308 derives the posture, orientation, and location of the hand, pair of hands, or any combination of one or more hands and any other body part (e.g., the head) (hereinafter grouped and denoted generally as “gesture characteristics”, or where specifically related to a hand, as “hand gesture characteristics”, or “hand characteristics”) in relation to a predefined coordinate system of the environment in which the gesture is employed.
  • gesture characteristics or where specifically related to a hand, as “hand gesture characteristics”, or “hand characteristics”
  • Gesture analysis involves tracking the user's hand(s) in real-time.
  • Hidden Markov Models can be employed for recognition of continuous gesture kinematics.
  • the video output from the video cameras 1322 is used to ascertain the gesture characteristics at a time substantially contemporaneous with the generation of the gesture and in terms of the predefined coordinate system. Once the gesture characteristics are processed, they are used to determine whether an object in the environment should be controlled by the computer system 1308 . If so, then that object is selected for future control actions.
  • stochastic tools such as Kalman filtering can be used to predict the position of the hand or hands in subsequent image frames.
  • an object includes an object or device external to the computer system 1308 and controllable by a wireless and/or wired connection, as well as any internal device or feature that comprises software programs that are used to display images, manipulate data, and move data from one location to another, for example.
  • the process begins by generating a model of the environment. This process includes, but is not limited to, defining what aspects of the environment will be controlled by the computer system 1308 , such as lights, lighting level, room temperature, operating room life support machines and other computer controlled machines in the room, and software controls that will be required or desired of the system 1308 before, during, and/or after the procedure.
  • the software controls comprise the gestures required to initiate image paging, image rotation about a vertex, image rotation about an axis, zooming in and out on an image, providing supplementary data (e.g., video and audio) related to an image being presented or manipulated in a certain way, performing x,y translations of the image, stepped rotation, changing user interface coloring to improve visibility of an image, changing image contrast, changing resolution of an image, playing a series of images quickly or slowly (looping speed), freezing and unfreezing a looping image video (of, for example, echocardiography, transverse CT (Computed Tomography) and cryosection images, CT output, and a fly-through of MRI data), initiating repetitive image(s) playback (looping), jumping from the first monitor 1316 to another monitor ( 1318 or 1320 ), and adjusting audio controls when listening to audio data (e.g., EKG) during the procedure.
  • supplementary data e.g., video and audio
  • the next step is to calibrate the model according to the persons who will be working in the environment and interacting with the system 1308 .
  • Unique user profiles can be generated for each person interacting with the system 1308 by employing a tagging system that can discriminate the various users. This can be accomplished in several ways.
  • One method provides a unique RF tag to each user.
  • a triangulation system can be utilized to continually monitor the location of a given user, and associate the location data with the captured image data such that gestures are from that location will be processed against that user profile to properly execute the user command.
  • Another method is to employ several camera sets, where each set is dedicated to a specific user or location in which the user will work.
  • the user could also be clothed in a colored uniform where the combination of color, gesture, and location uniquely identify the command issued by that user to the system 1308 .
  • the system 1308 can be programmed to invoke a bi-directional confirmation system such that each user gesture is followed by a confirmation request to ensure that the proper user command is issued.
  • Feedback can be provided by displaying the command in large text or outputting the anticipated command in audio to the user, after which the user responds by voice or with another gesture to accept or reject the command.
  • the imaging system 1308 detects gesture object (or hand) depth or distance from the system 1308 to facilitate discriminating between a plurality of gesture sources.
  • the gesture sources can include a single hand, two hands, one hand of two people, etc.
  • RF triangulation techniques can be used to accurately determine the gesture source(s).
  • the gesture source includes an RF tag. If two hands are being used in gesticulation, then each hand can include a unique RF tag.
  • Other depth determination systems can be employed to accurately discriminate the gesture sources, such as infrared.
  • the environment needs to be modeled for all objects to be controlled or interacted with, including both hardware and software.
  • the gestures are then defined and associated with the objects. This can further include the use of voice commands, and where the wireless remote device is worn in alignment with the person's line-of-sight, the additional combination of “gaze” signals, where the gaze signals are defined as those wireless device (or wand) signals generated when the person looks in a direction to effect object interaction.
  • the system 1308 can also be configured to determine when the operator is generally facing the system 1308 .
  • a facial image can be captured and processed with facial features providing generally the data needed to make such an automatic determination.
  • Another method includes wearing a multi-colored uniformed such that one color is associated with the person facing the system 1308 , while another imaged color indicates the person is not facing the system 1308 .
  • Still another method employs a reflective surface on the front of the person such that the presence of reflective signals indicates the person is facing the system 1308 .
  • the system 1308 is capable of determining when one person programmed to interact therewith has been replaced by another. This causes an automatic change of user profiles to enable the present user's gestures for corresponding user commands and control of the system 1308 . Again, this can be facilitated by a color scheme whereby each medical person is uniquely identified in the system 1308 with a unique color. Any sort of tag-identification system could be used, as well. Of course, voice commands can also be used to facilitate personnel replacements in the medical environment.
  • the system 1308 can be distributed across two or more computers as a multi-computer system to supply the processing power for 3-D image processing.
  • the disclosed imaging system software can then be distributed across the multi-computer system for the exchange of data needed for ultimately making decisions for human-machine interaction.
  • the system 1308 can also employ a bi-directional interaction scheme to confirm selection of all gesture, and gesture/voice actions. For example, if the user initiates a user command for starting a session, and the system 1308 responds with a signal that further requires a user response to confirm that a session is to begin.
  • the confirmation respond can be in the form of a duplicate gesture and/or voice command. Obviously, the number and combination of gestures and voice commands that can be employed singly or in combination in accordance with the present system are numerous.
  • the system 1308 also includes audio input capabilities such that not only voice signals can be received and processed, but clicking sounds, pitch-related sounds, etc., and other distinctive audio signals can be employed to further extend the number of inputs for controlling the system 1308 .
  • Such alternative inputs can be input through the portable microphone system 1328 worn by at least one medical person in the operating room.
  • additional haptics inputs can be employed by providing a suit or vest with various touch or pressure points to augment the number of signals for controlling the system 1308 .
  • the wrist, forearm, and other appendage points can be used to initiate and send signals from the suit through a wireless remote pressure point transmission system, made part of the wireless voice communication system 1328 , for example.
  • the user performs a calibration process that comprises associating (or mapping) a number of gestures in the form of hand poses and movements, head movements, and/or voice commands with user commands. This also includes using voice commands singly to control the operation computer system or in combination with the gestures to do so.
  • the calibration process can be performed well in advance of use in the operating room, and updated as the user chooses to change movements and/of voice signals with user commands.
  • the person initiates a session with the computer system using one or more gestures.
  • the person then inputs one or more of the user commands using gestures to control operation of the computing system.
  • the person terminates the session using one or more of the gestures. The process then reaches a Stop block.
  • the calibration process occurs for a user where the user presents one or more hands and, hand poses, and orientations to the imaging system for capture and association with a given user command. The system then maps the images to the user command. This occurs for a number of different commands, and completes the calibration phase for that user.
  • the user presents one or more gestures that are captured and processed by the system for user commands.
  • the system determines if the processed user command(s) indicate that a session is to be started with that user. If NO, flow is back to the input of 1902 to continue to process of receiving and interpreting gestures and/or voice signals.
  • a glove of the medical person includes an RF device, or similar device that is detectable by the system for the purpose of determining the source of the gesture signals.
  • the user profile of calibration data is activated for use. Of course, on any given operation, the operating staff are assigned, such that the log-in names of the doctors and assistants can be entered prior to beginning the operation. Thus, the user profiles are already activated for processing.
  • the gestures are imaged, received, and processed to execute the corresponding the user command(s).
  • the classifier tracks, processes gesture images, compares the images, and updates user gestures characteristics associated with the particular user command.
  • the computer system determines if the session has completed. If NO, flow is back to the input of 1910 to continue to process gestures into user commands. If YES, flow is to 1916 to terminate the user session. The process then reaches a Stop block. Of course, from 1916 , flow can be brought back to the input of 1902 to continue to process gestures or to prepare for another session, which could occur many times during the operating room event.
  • FIG. 20 there is illustrated a medical environment 2000 in which a 3-D imaging computer control system 2002 is employed with the remote control device 1404 to process hand (or body) gestures and control the system 1308 in accordance with the present invention.
  • the imaging and image processing capabilities of the 3-D imaging system 1308 and the head-mounted wand 1404 can be employed in combination to further enhance the hands-free capabilities of the present invention.
  • the wireless vocalization system 1328 can further be used to augment control of the system 1308 .
  • the wand electronics can be repackaged for use in many different ways.
  • the packaging can be such that the wireless system is worn on the wrist, elbow, leg, or foot.
  • the system 1308 can be used to image both the gestures of the person 1306 and the orientation of the wand 1404 to provide more accurate human-machine interaction and control.
  • Each of the systems have been described herein, the details of which are not repeated here for the purpose of brevity.
  • Sample gestures, voice commands and gaze signals used in the system 2002 are described hereinbelow.
  • FIG. 21A there is illustrated sample one-handed and two-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • two closed fists left and right
  • the right hand in a pointing pose can be used in two orientations, a vertical orientation followed by a sideways clockwise rotation, the combination of which can be programmed for imaging and interpretation to tilt a selected axis a predetermined number of degrees, and keep tilting the axis in stepped increments.
  • a continuation of the gestures of 2102 in reverse where, the sideways clockwise rotation is reversed to a counterclockwise rotation followed by the vertical orientation, the combination of which can be programmed for imaging and interpretation stop axis tilting, and maintain at the current tilt angle.
  • a right-handed two-fingers-raised pose can be used to rotate an image about an existing axis. Note that the image can be x-rays of the patient, MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) frames, etc.
  • the thumb and pointing finger pose of the right hand can be used to rotate an image about a vertex point.
  • FIG. 21B there is illustrated additional sample one-handed gestures and sequenced one-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • an open right hand with fingers tightly aligned can be used to initiate a zoom-in feature such that the zoom-in operation continues until the gesture changes.
  • a right hand where the thumb and pinky finger are extended can be used to initiate a zoom-out feature such that the zoom-out operation continues until the gesture changes.
  • a sequence of right-hand gestures are used to select an image for x,y translation, and then to translate the image up and to the right by a predefined distance or percentage of available viewing space on the display.
  • the right hand is used to provide an open hand plus closed fist plus open hand, and then move the open hand up and to the right a short distance. This can be recognized and interpreted to perform the stated function of axis translation in an associated direction.
  • a sideways pointing pose plus a counterclockwise motion is programmed for interpretation to rotate the object in the horizontal plane.
  • the same hand pose plus a circular motion in the opposite direction can be programmed to rotate the object in the vertical plane.
  • the hand pose is arbitrary, in that it may be more intuitive to use a hand pose where one or ore of the fingers point upward.
  • the gesture itself is also arbitrary, and is programmable according to the particular desires of the user.
  • FIG. 21C there is illustrated additional sample one-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • a three-finger open with index and thumb touching of the right hand can be used to impose a triaxial grid on a 3-D image.
  • a right-handed single pointing-finger pose can be used to select the x-axis; a right-handed two-finger pose can be used to select the y-axis; and, a right-handed three-finger pose can be used to select the z-axis.
  • a pinky-finger pose can be used to stop, start and loop videos on the system 1308 .
  • rotation of the pinky-finger pose in a clockwise direction while facing the system 1308 can be used to control intensity of the monitor, and volume on/off control and amplitude. These are being grouped of brevity, since, for example, the pinky-finger pose and/or rotation can be mapped to any one of the functions described.
  • an open hand gesture in a clockwise rotation can be used to rotate an image about an axis according to the speed of movement of the open hand, such that when the hand stops, the axis rotation also stops, and starts when band movement starts.
  • FIG. 21D there is illustrated additional sample one-handed gestures used in combination with voice commands that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • the open hand pose plus a voiced “ZOOM” command can be used to zoom in on a displayed image until the gesture changes or a different command is voiced.
  • the thumb and pinky finger extended pose plus a voiced “ZOOM” command can be used to zoom out on a displayed image until the gesture changes, or a different command is voiced.
  • Depth information can also be used e.g., moving closer would trigger a zoom-in function, Alternatively, when zoom is invoked, movement in depth can control the zoom value continuously.
  • a left-handed open hand pose in a sideways orientation plus a voiced “MOVE” command can be used to move a selected image to the right until the gesture changes and stops movement.
  • a right-handed open hand pose in a sideways orientation plus a voiced “MOVE” command can be used to move a selected image to the left until the gesture changes and stops movement.
  • a closed fist in a circular motion in combination with a “LOUD” voice command can be used to turn audio volume on/off, and control the amplitude during the procedure to listen to the patient's EKG, for example.
  • FIG. 21E there is illustrated additional sample one-handed gestures used in combination with voice commands and gaze signals that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • the right-hand open-hand pose in combination with a voiced “ZOOM” command while gazing at an image on a first display of the operation computer system will invoke a zoom-in process on the image of the first display until the gesture is changed.
  • the thumb and pinky finger extended of the pose of the right hand is used in combination with a voiced “ZOOM” command while gazing in the direction of an image presented on a second display to control the computer system to zoom out on the image of the second display until the gesture changes.
  • a left-handed open hand pose in a sideways orientation in combination with a voiced “MOVE” command while gazing at an image on a first display of the operation computer system will invoke a rightward move operation on the image of the first display until the gesture is changed.
  • a right-handed open hand pose in a sideways orientation in combination with a voiced “MOVE” command while gazing at an image on a second display of the operation computer system will invoke a leftward move operation on the image of the second display until the gesture is changed.
  • a closer right fist in a circular clockwise motion in combination with a voiced “LOUD” command and a gaze in the direction of a graphical interface of an audio control device on a third display of the computer control system results in volume on/off control and amplitude control.
  • the user would employ the pointer to control the volume by, for example, pointing at the stereo and rolling the pointer clockwise or counterclockwise to respectively turn the volume up or down.
  • the latter procedure can provide the efficiency and accuracy of a physical volume knob, while at the same time providing the convenience of being able to control the volume remotely as in the case of the voice recognition control scheme.
  • This is just one example of a situation where gesturing control is the best choice, there are others.
  • voice control would be the best choice.
  • a combination of speech and gesture control would be the most efficient and convenient method.
  • the present invention includes the integration of a conventional speech control system into the gesture control and pointer systems which results in a simple framework for combining the outputs of various modalities such as pointing to target objects and pushing the button on the pointer, pointer gestures, and speech, to arrive at a unified interpretation that instructs a combined environmental control system on an appropriate course of action.
  • This framework decomposes the desired action (e.g., “turn up the volume on the amplifier”) into a command (i.e., “turn up the volume”) and a referent (i.e., “the amplifier”) pair.
  • the referent can be identified using the pointer to select an object in the environment as described previously or using a conventional speech recognition scheme, or both.
  • the command may be specified by pressing the button on the pointer, or by a pointer gesture, or by a speech recognition event, or any combination thereof.
  • Interfaces that allow multiple modes of input are called multimodal interfaces. With this multimodal command/referent representation, it is possible to effect the same action in multiple ways. For example, all the following pointing, speech and gesture actions on the part of the user can be employed in the present control system to turn on a light that is under the control of the host computer:
  • the overall system is made more robust. For example, a spurious speech recognition event of “volume up” while pointing at the light is ignored, rather than resulting in the volume of an amplifier being increased, as would happen if a speech control scheme were being used alone.
  • a spurious speech recognition event of “volume up” while pointing at the light is ignored, rather than resulting in the volume of an amplifier being increased, as would happen if a speech control scheme were being used alone.
  • the speech recognition may be made more robust.
  • the speech recognition system can employ a very simple command and control (CFG) style grammar, with preset utterances for the various electronic components and simple command phrases that apply to the components.
  • CFG very simple command and control
  • the user wears a wireless lapel microphone to relay voice commands to a receiver which is connected to the host computer and which relays the received speech commands to the speech recognition system running on the host computer.
  • the multimodal integration process employed in the present control system uses a dynamic Bayes network that encodes the various ways that sensor outputs may be combined to identify the intended referent and command, and initiate the proper action.
  • Bayes networks have a number of advantages that make them appropriate to this task. First, it is easy to break apart and treat separately dependencies that otherwise would be embedded in a very large table over all the variables of interest. Secondly, Bayes networks are adept at handling probabilistic (noisy) inputs. Further, the network represents ambiguity and incomplete information that may be used appropriately by the system. In essence, the Bayes network preserves ambiguities from one time step to the next while waiting for enough information to become available to make a decision as to what referent, command or action is intended. It is even possible for the network to act proactively when not enough information is available to make a decision. For example, if the user doesn't point at the lamp, the system might ask which lamp is meant after the utterance “lamp”.
  • the Bayes network architecture is chosen primarily to exploit the redundancy of the user's interaction to increase confidence that the proper action is being implemented.
  • the user may specify commands in a variety of ways, even though the designer specified only objects to be pointed to, utterances to recognize and gestures to recognize (as well as how referents and commands combine to result in action). For example, it is natural for a person to employ deictic (pointing) gestures in conjunction with speech to relay information where the speech is consistent with and reinforces the meaning of the gesture. Thus, the user will often naturally indicate the referent and command applicable to a desired resulting action via both speech and gesturing. This includes most frequently pointing at an object the user wants to affect.
  • the Bayes network architecture also allows the state of various devices to be incorporated to make the interpretation more robust. For example, if the light is already on, the system may be less disposed to interpret a gesture or utterance as a “turn on” gesture or utterance.
  • the associated probability distribution over the nodes representing the light and its parents, the Action and Referent nodes are configured so that the only admissible action when the light is on is to turn it off, and likewise when it is off the only action available is to turn it on.
  • the network is dynamic because it has a mechanism by which it maintains a short-term memory of certain values in its network. It is natural that the referent will not be determined at the exact moment in time as the command. In other words a user will not typically specify the referent by whatever mode (e.g., pointing and/or speech) at the same time he or she relays the desired command using one of the various methods available (e.g., pointer button push, pointer gesture and/or speech). If the referent is identified only to be forgotten in the next instant of time, the association with a command that comes after it will be lost.
  • mode e.g., pointing and/or speech
  • the dynamic Bayes network models the likelihood of a referent or a command applying to future time steps as a dynamic process. Specifically, this is done via a temporal integration process in which probabilities assigned to referents and commands in the last time step are brought forward to the current time step and are input along with new speech, pointing and gesture inputs to influence the probability distribution computed for the referents and commands in the current time step. In this way, the network tends to hold a memory of a command and referent that decays over time, and it is thus unnecessary to specify the command and referent at exactly the same moment in time. In one example, this propagation occurred four times a second.

Abstract

Apparatus and process for controlling a computer process with gestures and a handheld pointing device. The computer system employing the pointing device to determine what component a user wants to control and what control action is desired.

Description

    CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a continuation of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/457,656, filed Jun. 17, 2009, which is a continuation of application Ser. No. 12/289,099, filed Oct. 20, 2008, which is a division of U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/724,950, filed Dec. 1, 2003, which is a continuation-in-part of application Ser. No. 10/396,653 filed Mar. 25, 2003, now U.S. Pat. No. 7,665,041, issued Feb. 16, 2010, the entirety of all of which is incorporated by reference.
  • TECHNICAL FIELD
  • The present invention relates generally to controlling a computer system, and more particularly to a system and method to implement alternative modalities for controlling computer programs and devices, and manipulating on-screen objects through the use of one or more body gestures, or a combination of gestures and supplementary signals.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • A user interface facilitates the interaction between a computer and computer user by enhancing the user's ability to utilize application programs. The traditional interface between a human user and a typical personal computer is implemented with graphical displays and is generally referred to as a graphical user interface (GUI). Input to the computer or particular application program is accomplished through the presentation of graphical information on the computer screen and through the use of a keyboard and/or mouse, trackball or other similar implements. Many systems employed for use in public areas utilize touch screen implementations whereby the user touches a designated area of a screen to effect the desired input. Airport electronic ticket check-in kiosks and rental car direction systems are examples of such systems. There are, however, many applications where the traditional user interface is less practical or efficient.
  • The traditional computer interface is not ideal for a number of applications. Providing stand-up presentations or other type of visual presentations to lame audiences, is but one example. In this example, a presenter generally stands in front of the audience and provides a verbal dialog in conjunction with the visual presentation that is projected on a large display or screen. Manipulation of the presentation by the presenter is generally controlled through use of awkward remote controls, which frequently suffer from inconsistent and less precise operation, or require the cooperation of another individual. Traditional user interfaces require the user either to provide input via the keyboard or to exhibit a degree of skill and precision more difficult to implement with a remote control than a traditional mouse and keyboard. Other examples include control of video, audio, and display components of a media room. Switching between sources, advancing fast fast-forward, rewinding, changing chapters, changing volume, etc., can be very cumbersome in a professional studio as well as in the home. Similarly, traditional interfaces are not well suited for smaller, specialized electronic gadgets.
  • Additionally, people with motion impairment conditions find it very challenging to cope with traditional user interfaces and computer access systems. Such conditions include Cerebral Palsy, Muscular Dystrophy, Friedrich's Ataxia, and spinal injuries or disorders. These conditions and disorders are often accompanied by tremors, spasms, loss of coordination, restricted range of movement, reduced muscle strength, and other motion impairing symptoms.
  • Similar symptoms exist in the growing elderly segment of the population. As people age, their motor skills decline and impact the ability to perform many tasks. It is known that as people age, their cognitive, perceptual and motor skills decline, with negative effects in their ability to perform many tasks. The requirement to position a cursor, particularly with smaller graphical presentations, can often be a significant barrier for elderly or afflicted computer users. Computers can play an increasingly important role in helping older adults function well in society.
  • Graphical interfaces contribute to the ease of use of computers. WIMP (Window, Icon, Menu, Pointing device (or Pull-down menu)) interfaces allow fairly non-trivial operations to be performed with a few mouse motions and clicks. However, at the same time, this shift in the user interaction from a primarily text-oriented experience to a point-and-click experience has erected new barriers between people with disabilities and the computer. For example, for older adults, there is evidence that using the mouse can be quite challenging. There is extensive literature demonstrating that the ability to make small movements decreases with age. This decreased ability can have a major effect on the ability of older adults to use a pointing device on a computer. It has been shown that even experienced older computer users move a cursor much more slowly and less accurately than their younger counterparts. In addition, older adults seem to have increased difficulty (as compared to younger users) when targets become smaller. For older computer users, positioning a cursor can be a severe limitation.
  • One solution to the problem of decreased ability to position the cursor with a mouse is to simply increase the size of the targets in computer displays, which can often be counter-productive since less information is being displayed, requiring more navigation. Another approach is to constrain the movement of the mouse to follow on-screen objects, as with sticky icons or solid borders that do not allow cursors to overshoot the target. The is evidence that performance with area cursors (possibly translucent) is better than performance with regular cursors for some target acquisition tasks.
  • One method to facilitate computer access for users with motion impairment conditions and for applications, in which the traditional user interfaces are cumbersome, is through use of perceptual user interfaces. Perceptual user interfaces utilize alternate sensing modalities, such as the capability of sensing physical gestures of the user, to replace or complement traditional input devices such as the mouse and keyboard. Perceptual user interfaces promise modes of fluid computer-human interaction that complement and/or replace the mouse and keyboard, particularly in non-desktop applications such as control for a media room.
  • One study indicates that adding a simple gesture-based navigation facility to web browsers can significantly reduce the time taken to carry out one of the most common actions in computer use, i.e., using the “back” button (or function) to return to previously visited pages. Subjective ratings by users in experiments showed a strong preference for a “flick” system, where the users would flick the mouse left or right to go back or forward in the web browser.
  • In the simplest view, gestures play a symbolic communication role similar to speech, suggesting that for simple tasks gestures can enhance or replace speech recognition. Small gestures near the keyboard or mouse do not induce fatigue as quickly as sustained whole arm postures. Previous studies indicate that users find gesture-based systems highly desirable, but that users are also dissatisfied with the recognition accuracy of gesture recognizers. Furthermore, experimental results indicate that a user's difficulty with gestures is in part due to a lack of understanding of how gesture recognition works. The studies highlight the ability of users to learn and remember gestures as an important design consideration.
  • Even when a mouse and keyboard are available, users may find it attractive to manipulate often-used applications while away from the keyboard, in what can be called a “casual interface” or “lean-back” posture. Browsing e-mail over morning coffee might be accomplished by mapping simple gestures to “next message” and “delete message”.
  • Gestures can compensate for the limitations of the mouse when the display is several times larger than a typical display. In such a scenario, gestures can provide mechanisms to restore the ability to quickly reach any part of the display, where once a mouse was adequate with a small display. Similarly, in a multiple display scenario it is desirable to have a fast comfortable way to indicate a particular display. For example, the foreground object can be “bumped” to another display by gesturing in the direction of the target display.
  • However, examples of perceptual user interfaces to date are dependent on significant limiting assumptions. One type of perceptual user interface utilizes color models that make certain assumptions about the color of an object. Proper operation of the system is dependent on proper lighting conditions and can be negatively impacted when the system is moved from one location to another as a result of changes in lighting conditions, or simply when the lighting conditions change in the room. Factors that impact performance include sun light versus artificial light, florescent light versus incandescent light, direct illumination versus indirect illumination, and the like. Additionally, most attempts to develop perceptual user interfaces require the user to wear specialized devices such as gloves, headsets, or close-talk microphones. The use of such devices is generally found to be distracting and intrusive for the user.
  • Thus perceptual user interfaces have been slow to emerge. The reasons include heavy computational burdens, unreasonable calibration demands, required use of intrusive and distracting devices, and a general lack of robustness outside of specific laboratory conditions. For these and similar reasons, there has been little advancement in systems and methods for exploiting perceptual user interfaces. However, as the trend towards smaller, specialized electronic gadgets continues to grow, so does the need for alternate methods for interaction between the user and the electronic device. Many of these specialized devices are too small and the applications unsophisticated to utilize the traditional input keyboard and mouse devices. Examples of such devices include TabletPCs, Media center PCs, kiosks, hand held computers, home appliances, video games, and wall sized displays, along with many others. In these, and other applications, the perceptual user interface provides a significant advancement in computer control over traditional computer interaction modalities.
  • In light of these findings, what is needed is to standardize a small set of easily learned gestures, the semantics of which are determined by application context. A small set of very simple gestures can offer significant bits of functionality where they are needed most. For example, dismissing a notification window can be accomplished by a quick gesture to the one side or the other, as in shooing a fly. Another example is gestures for “next” and “back” functionality found in web browsers, presentation programs (e.g., PowerPoint™) and other applications. Note that in many cases the surface forms of these various gestures can remain the same throughout these examples, while the semantics of the gestures depends on the application at hand. Providing a small set of standard gestures eases problems users have in recalling how gestures are performed, and also allows for simpler and more robust signal processing and recognition processes.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The following presents a simplified summary of the invention in order to provide a basic understanding of some aspects of the invention. This summary is not an extensive overview of the invention. It is intended to neither identify key or critical elements of the invention nor delineate the scope of the invention. Its sole purpose is to present some concepts of the invention in a simplified form as a prelude to the more detailed description that is presented later.
  • The present invention disclosed and claimed herein, in one aspect thereof; comprises a system for controlling a computer using gestures. The system includes a 3-D imaging system that performs gesture recognition and interpretation based on a previous mapping of a plurality of hand poses and orientations to user commands for a given user. When the user is identified to the system, the imaging system images gestures presented by the user, performs a lookup for the user command associated with the captured image(s), and executes the user command(s) to effect control of the computer, programs, and connected devices.
  • In another aspect of the present invention, the system includes a wireless device worn by the person. The wireless device includes one or more sensors that measure at least velocity, acceleration, and orientation of the device. The corresponding signals are transmitted to a computer system, processed, and interpreted to determine an object at which the device is pointed and the action to be taken on the object. Once the signals have been interpreted, the computer is controlled to interact with the object, which object can be a device and/or system connected to the computer, and software running on the computer. In one application, the wireless device is used in a medical environment and worn on the head of a medical person allowing free use of the hands. Head movements facilitate control of the computer. In another multimodal approach, the person can also wear a wireless microphone to communicate voice signals to the computer separately or in combination with head movements for control thereof.
  • In yet another aspect of the present invention, a multimodal approach can be employed such that a person uses the wireless device in combination with the imaging capabilities of the 3-D imaging system.
  • In still another aspect of the present invention, the multimodal approach includes any combination of the 3-D imaging system, the wireless device, and vocalization to control the computer system and, hardware and software associated therewith. This approach finds application in a medical environment such as an operating room, for example.
  • In another aspect of the present invention, an engagement volume is employed in a medical environment such that one or both hands of the medical person are free to engage the volume and control the computer system, during, for example, a patient operation. The volume is defined in space over the part of the patient undergoing the operation, and the hands of the medical person are used in the form of gestures to control the system for the presentation of medical information.
  • In accordance with another aspect thereof, the present invention facilitates adapting the system to the particular preferences of an individual user. The system and method allow the user to tailor the system to recognize specific hand gestures and verbal commands and to associate these hand gestures and verbal commands with particular actions to be taken. This capability allows different users, which may prefer to make different motions for a given command, the ability to tailor the system in a way most efficient for their personal use. Similarly, different users can choose to use different verbal commands to perform the same function.
  • In still another aspect of the present invention, the system employs a learning capability such that nuances of a user can be learned by the system and adapted to the user profile of gestures, vocalizations, etc.
  • The following description and the annexed drawings set forth in detail certain illustrative aspects of the invention. These aspects are indicative, however, of but a few of the various ways in which the principles of the invention can be employed and the present invention is intended to include all such aspects and their equivalents. Other advantages and novel features of the invention will become apparent from the following detailed description of the invention when considered in conjunction with the drawings.
  • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
  • FIG. 1 illustrates a system block diagram of components of the present invention for controlling a computer and/or other hardware/software peripherals interfaced thereto.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates a schematic block diagram of a perceptual user interface system, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates a flow diagram of a methodology for implementing a perceptual user interface system, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 4 illustrates a flow diagram of a methodology for determining the presence of moving objects within images, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 illustrates a flow diagram of a methodology for tracking a moving object within an image, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 6 illustrates a disparity between two video images captured by two video cameras mounted substantially parallel to each other for the purpose of determining the depth of objects, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 illustrates an example of the hand gestures that the system can recognize and the visual feedback provided through the display, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 illustrates an alternative embodiment wherein a unique icon is displayed in association with a name of a specific recognized command, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIGS. 9A and 9B illustrate an engagement plane and volume of both single and multiple monitor implementations, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 illustrates a briefing room environment where gestures are utilized to control a screen projector via a computer system configured in accordance with an aspect of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates a block diagram of a computer system operable to execute the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 illustrates a network implementation of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates a medical operating room system that uses the engagement volume in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 14 illustrates a medical operating room environment in which a computer control system with wireless control device is employed in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 15 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the person for using the system of FIG. 14.
  • FIG. 16 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the system of FIG. 14.
  • FIG. 17 illustrates a medical environment in which a 3-D imaging computer control system is employed to process hand (or body) gestures in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 18 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the person for using the system of FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the system of FIG. 17.
  • FIG. 20 illustrates a medical environment in which a 3-D imaging computer control system is employed with the remote control device to process hand (or body) gestures and control the system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21A illustrates a sample one-handed and two-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21B illustrates an additional sample one-handed gestures and sequenced one-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21C illustrates additional sample one-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21D illustrates additional sample one-handed gestures used in combination with voice commands that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 21E illustrates additional sample one-handed gestures used in combination with voice commands and gaze signals that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention.
  • FIG. 22 illustrates a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the system for controlling a computer system with a wireless control device.
  • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • As used in this application, the terms “component” and “system” are intended to refer to a computer-related entity, either hardware, a combination of hardware and software, software, or software in execution. For example, a component may be, but is not limited to being, a process running on a processor, a processor, an object, an executable, a thread of execution, a program, and/or a computer. By way of illustration, both an application running on a server and the server can be a component. One or more components may reside within a process and/or thread of execution and a component may be localized on one computer and/or distributed between two or more computers.
  • The present invention relates to a system and methodology for implementing a perceptual user interface comprising alternative modalities for controlling computer programs and manipulating on-screen objects through hand gestures or a combination of hand gestures and/or verbal commands. A perceptual user interface system is provided that tracks hand movements and provides for the control of computer programs and manipulation of on-screen objects in response to hand gestures performed by the user. Similarly, the system provides for the control of computer programs and manipulation of on-screen objects in response to verbal commands spoken by the user. Further, the gestures and/or verbal commands can be tailored by a particular user to suit that user's personal preferences. The system operates in real time and is robust, light-weight and responsive. The system provides a relatively inexpensive capability for the recognition of hand gestures and verbal commands.
  • Referring now to FIG. 1, there is illustrated a system block diagram of components of the present invention for controlling computer and/or other hardware/software peripherals interfaced thereto. The system 100 includes a tracking component 102 for detecting and tracking one or more objects 104 through image capture utilizing cameras (not shown) or other suitable conventional image-capture devices. The cameras operate to capture images of the object(s) 104 in a scene within the image capture capabilities of the cameras so that the images can be further processed to not only detect the presence of the object(s) 104, but also to detect and track object(s) movements. It is appreciated that in more robust implementations, object characteristics such as object features and object orientation can also be detected, tracked, and processed. The object(s) 104 of the present invention include basic hand movements created by one or more hands of a system user and/or other person selected for use with the disclosed system. However, in more robust system implementations, such objects can include many different types of objects with object characteristics, including hand gestures each of which have gesture characteristics including but not limited to, hand movement, finger count, finger orientation, hand rotation, hand orientation, and hand pose (e.g., opened, closed, and partially closed).
  • The tracking component 102 interfaces to a control component 106 of the system 100 that controls all onboard component processes. The control component 106 interfaces to a seeding component 108 that seeds object hypotheses to the tracking component based upon the object characteristics.
  • The object(s) 104 are detected and tracked in the scene such that object characteristic data is processed according to predetermined criteria to associate the object characteristic data with commands for interacting with a user interface component 110. The user interface component 110 interfaces to the control component 106 to receive control instructions that affect presentation of text, graphics, and other output (e.g., audio) provided to the user via the interface component 110. The control instructions are communicated to the user interface component 110 in response to the object characteristic data processed from detection and tracking of the object(s) within a predefined engagement volume space 112 of the scene.
  • A filtering component 114 interfaces to the control component 106 to receive filtering criteria in accordance with user filter configuration data, and to process the filtering criteria such that tracked object(s) of respective object hypotheses are selectively removed from the object hypotheses and/or at least one hypothesis from a set of hypotheses within the volume space 112 and the scene. Objects are detected and tracked either within the volume space 112 or outside the volume space 112. Those objects outside of the volume space 112 are detected, tracked, and ignored, until entering the volume space 112.
  • The system 100 also receives user input via input port(s) 116 such as input from pointing devices, keyboards, interactive input mechanisms such as touch screens, and audio input devices.
  • The subject invention (e.g., in connection with object detection, tracking, and filtering) can employ various artificial intelligence based schemes for carrying out various aspects of the subject invention. For example, a process for determining which object is to be selected for tracking can be facilitated via an automatic classification system and process. Such classification can employ a probabilistic and/or statistical-based analysis (e.g., factoring into the analysis utilities and costs) to prognose or infer an action that a user desires to be automatically performed. For example, a support vector machine (SVM) classifier can be employed. Other classification approaches include Bayesian networks, decision trees, and probabilistic classification models providing different patterns of independence can be employed. Classification as used herein also is inclusive of statistical regression that is utilized to develop models of priority.
  • As will be readily appreciated from the subject specification, the subject invention can employ classifiers that are explicitly trained (e.g., via a generic training data) as well as implicitly trained (e.g., via observing user behavior, receiving extrinsic information) so that the classifier(s) is used to automatically determine according to a predetermined criteria which object(s) should be selected for tracking and which objects that were being tracked are now removed from tracking. The criteria can include, but is not limited to, object characteristics such as object size, object speed, direction of movement, distance from one or both cameras, object orientation, object features, and object rotation. For example, with respect to SVM's which are well understood—it is to be appreciated that other classifier models can also be utilized such as Naive Bayes, Bayes Net, decision tree and other learning models—SVM's are configured via a learning or training phase within a classifier constructor and feature selection module. A classifier is a function that maps an input attribute vector, x=(x1, x2, x3, x4, . . . , xn), to a confidence that the input belongs to a class—that is, f(x)=confidence(class). In the case of object identification and tracking, for example, attributes include various sizes of the object, various orientations of the object, object colors, and the classes are categories or areas of interest (e.g., object type, and object pose).
  • Referring now to FIG. 2, there is illustrated a schematic block diagram of a perceptual user interface system, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. The system comprises a computer 200 with a traditional keyboard 202, input pointing device (e.g., a mouse) 204, microphone 206, and display 208. The system further comprises at least one video camera 210, at least one user 212, and software 214. The exemplary system of FIG. 2 is comprised of two video cameras 210 mounted substantially parallel to each other (that is, the rasters are parallel) and the user 212. The first camera is used to detect depth of the object from the camera and track the object, and the second camera is used for determining at least the depth (or distance) of the object from the camera(s). The computer 200 is operably connected to the keyboard 202, mouse 204 and display 208. Video cameras 210 and microphone 206 are also operably connected to computer 200. The video cameras 210 “look” towards the user 212 and may point downward to capture objects within the volume defined above the keyboard and in front of the user. User 212 is typically an individual that is capable of providing hand gestures, holding objects in a hand, verbal commands, and mouse and/or keyboard input. The hand gestures and/or object(s) appear in video images created by the video cameras 210 and are interpreted by the software 214 as commands to be executed by computer 200. Similarly, microphone 206 receives verbal commands provided by user 212, which are in turn, interpreted by software 214 and executed by computer 200. User 212 can control and operate various application programs on the computer 200 by providing a series of hand gestures or a combination of hand gestures, verbal commands, and mouse/keyboard input. The system can track any object presented in the scene in front or it. The depth information is used to “segment” the interacting object from the rest of the scene. The capability to exploit any sort of moving object in the scene is important at least with respect to accessibility scenarios.
  • In view of the foregoing structural and functional features described above, methodologies in accordance with various aspects of the present invention will be better appreciated with reference to FIGS. 3-5. While, for purposes of simplicity of explanation, the methodologies of FIGS. 3-5 are shown and described as executing serially, it is to be understood and appreciated that the present invention is not limited by the illustrated order, as some aspects could, in accordance with the present invention, occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other aspects from that shown and described herein. Moreover, not all illustrated features may be required to implement a methodology in accordance with an aspect the present invention.
  • Accordingly, FIG. 3 is a flow diagram that illustrates a high level methodology for detecting the user's hand, tracking movement of the hand and interpreting commands in accordance with an aspect of the invention. While, for purposes of simplicity of explanation, the methodologies shown here and below are described as a series of acts, it is to be understood and appreciated that the present invention is not limited by the order of acts, as some acts may, in accordance with the present invention, occur in different orders and/or concurrently with other acts from that shown and described herein. For example, those skilled in the art will understand and appreciate that a methodology could alternatively be represented as a series of interrelated states or events, such as in a state diagram. Moreover, not all illustrated acts may be required to implement a methodology in accordance with the present invention.
  • The methodology begins at 300 where video images are scanned to determine whether any moving objects exist within the field of view (or scene) of the cameras. The system is capable of running one or more object hypothesis models to detect and track objects, whether moving or not moving. In one embodiment, the system runs up to and including six object hypotheses. If more than one object is detected as a result of the multiple hypotheses, the system drops one of the objects if the distance from any other object falls below a threshold distance, for example, five inches. It is assumed that the two hypotheses are redundantly tracking the same object, and one of the hypotheses is removed from consideration. At 302, if NO, no moving object(s) have been detected, and flow returns to 300 where the system continues to scan the current image for moving objects. Alternatively, if YES, object movement has been detected, and flow continues from 302 to 304 where it is determined whether or not one or more moving objects are within the engagement volume. It is appreciated that the depth of the object may be determined before determination of whether the object is within the engagement volume.
  • The engagement volume is defined as a volume of space in front of the video cameras and above the keyboard wherein the user is required to introduce the hand gestures (or object(s)) in order to utilize the system. A purpose of the engagement volume is to provide a means for ignoring all objects and/or gestures in motion except for those intended by the user to effect control of the computer. If a′ moving object is detected at 30Z but is determined not to be within the engagement volume, then the system dismisses the moving object as not being a desired object to track for providing commands. Flow then loops back to the input of 300 to scan for more objects. However, if the moving object is determined to be within the engagement volume, then the methodology proceeds to 306. However, new objects are seeded only when it is determined that the new object is a sufficient distance away from an existing object that is being tracked (in 3-D). At 306, the system determines the distance of each moving object from the video cameras. At 308, if more than one moving object is detected within the engagement volume, then the object closest to the video camera(s) is selected as the desired command object. If by the given application context the user is predisposed to use hand gestures towards the display, the nearest object hypotheses will apply to the hands. In other scenarios, more elaborate criteria for object selection may be used. For example, an application may select a particular object based upon its quality of movement over time. Additionally, a two-handed interaction application may select an object to the left of the dominant hand (for right handed users) as the non-dominant hand. The command object is the object that has been selected for tracking, the movements of which will be analyzed and interpreted for gesture commands. The command object is generally the user's dominant hand. Once the command object is selected, its movement is tracked, as indicated at 310.
  • At 312, the system determines whether the command object is still within the engagement volume. If NO, the object has moved outside the engagement volume, and the system dismisses the object hypothesis and returns to 300 where the current image is processed for moving objects. If NO, the object is still within the engagement volume, and flow proceeds to 314. At 314, the system determines whether the object is still moving. If no movement is detected, flow is along the NO path returning to 300 to process the current camera images for moving objects. If however, movement is detected, then flow proceeds from 314 to 316. At 316, the system analyzes the movements of the command object to interpret the gestures for specific commands. At 318, it is determined whether the interpreted gesture is a recognized command. If NO, the movement is not interpreted as a recognized command, and flow returns to 310 to continue tracking the object. However, if the object movement is interpreted as a recognized command, flow is to 320 where the system executes the corresponding command. After execution thereof, flow returns to 310 to continue tracking the object. This process may continually execute to detect and interpret gestures.
  • In accordance with an aspect of the invention, algorithms used to interpret gestures are kept to simple algorithms and are performed on sparse (“lightweight”) images to limit the computational overhead required to properly interpret and execute desired commands in real time. In accordance with another aspect of the invention, the system is able to exploit the presence of motion and depth to minimize computational requirements involved in determining objects that provide gesture commands.
  • Referring now to FIG. 4, there is illustrated a flow diagram of a methodology for determining the presence of moving objects within video images created by one or more video sources, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. The methodology exploits the notion that attention is often drawn to objects that move. At 400, video data is acquired from one or more video sources. Successive video images are selected from the same video source, and motion is detected by comparing a patch of a current video image, centered on a given location, to a patch from the previous video image centered on the same location. At 402, a video patch centered about a point located at (u1,v1), and (u2,v2) is selected from successive video images I1 and I2, respectively. A simple comparison function is utilized wherein the sum of the absolute differences (SAD) over square patches in two images is obtained. For a patch from image I1 centered on pixel location (u1,v1) and a patch in image I2 centered on (u2,v2), the image comparison function is defined as SAD(I1,u1,v1,I2,u2,v2) as:
  • - D 2 Sf , jS D 2 I 1 ( u 1 + i , v 1 + j ) - I 2 ( u 2 + i , v 2 + j )
  • where I(u,v) refers to the pixel at (u,v), D is the patch width, and the absolute difference between two pixels is the sum of the absolute differences taken over all available color channels. Regions in the image that have movement can be found by determining points (u,v) such that function SAD(It-1,ut-1,vt-1,It,ut, vt)>t, where the subscript refers to the image at time t, and is a threshold level for motion. At 404, a comparison is made between patches from image I1 and I2 using the sum of the absolute difference algorithm. At 406, the result of the sum of the absolute difference algorithm is compared to a threshold value to determine whether a threshold level of motion exists within the image patch. If SAD=t, no sufficient motion exists, and flow proceeds to 410. If at 406, SAD>t, then sufficient motion exists within the patch, and flow is to 408 where the object is designated for continued tracking. At 410, the system determines whether the current image patch is the last patch to be examined within the current image. If NO, the methodology returns to 402 where a new patch is selected. If YES, then the system returns to 400 to acquire a new video image from the video source.
  • To reduce the computational load, the SAD algorithm is computed on a sparse regular grid within the image. In one embodiment, the sparse regular grid is based on sixteen pixel centers. When the motion detection methodology determines that an object has sufficient motion, then the system tracks the motion of the object. Again, in order to limit (or reduce) the computational load, a position prediction algorithm is used to predict the next position of the moving object. In one embodiment, the prediction algorithm is a Kalman filter. However, it is to be appreciated that any position prediction algorithm can be used.
  • Note that the image operations may use the same SAD function on image patches, which allows for easy SIMD (Single-Instruction Multiple-Data, which architectures are essential in the parallel world of computers) optimization of the algorithm's implementation, which in turn allows it to run with sufficiently many trackers while still leaving CPU time to the user.
  • The process of seeding process hypotheses based upon motion may place more than one hypothesis on a given moving object. One advantage of this multiple hypothesis approach is that a simple, fast, and imperfect tracking algorithm may be used. Thus if one tracker fails, another may be following the object of interest. Once a given tracker has been seeded, the algorithm updates the position of the object being followed using the same function over successive frames.
  • Referring now to FIG. 5, there is illustrated a flow diagram of a methodology for tracking a moving object within an image, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. The methodology begins at 500 where, after the motion detection methodology has identified the location of a moving object to be tracked, the next position of the object is predicted. Once identified, the methodology utilizes a prediction algorithm to predict the position of the object in successive frames. The prediction algorithm limits the computational burden on the system. In the successive frames, the moving object should be at the predicted location, or within a narrow range centered on the predicted location. At 502, the methodology selects a small pixel window (e.g., ten pixels) centered on the predicted location. Within this small window, an algorithm executes to determine the actual location of the moving object. At 504, the new position is determined by examining the sum of the absolute difference algorithm over successive video frames acquired at time t and time t−1. The actual location is determined by finding the location (ut, vt) that minimizes:

  • SAD(It-1,ut-1,vt-1,It,ut,vt),
  • where It refers to the image at time t, It-1 refers to the image at time t−1, and where (ut, vt) refers to the location at time t. Once determined, the actual position is updated, at 506. At 508, motion characteristics are evaluated to determine whether the motion is still greater that the threshold level required. What is evaluated is not only the SAD image-based computation, but also movement of the object over time. The movement parameter is the average movement over a window of time. Thus if the user pauses the object or hand for a short duration of time, it may not be dropped from consideration. However, if the duration of time for the pause is still longer such that it exceeds a predetermined average time parameter, the object will be dropped. If YES, the motion is sufficient, and flow returns to 500 where a new prediction for the next position is determined. If NO the object motion is insufficient, and the given object is dropped from being tracked, as indicated by flow to 510. At 512, flow is to 430 of FIG. 4 to select a new patch in the image from which to analyze motion.
  • When determining the depth information of an object (i.e., the distance from the object to the display or any other chosen reference point), a lightweight sparse stereo approach is utilized in accordance with an aspect of the invention. The sparse stereo approach is a region-based approach utilized to find the disparity at only locations in the image corresponding to the object hypothesis. Note that in the stereo matching process, it is assumed that both cameras are parallel (in rasters). Object hypotheses are supported by frame-to-frame tracking through time in one view and stereo matching across both views. A second calibration issue is the distance between the two cameras (i.e., the baseline), which must be considered to recover depth in real world coordinates. In practice, both calibration issues maybe dealt with automatically by fixing the cameras on a prefabricated mounting bracket or semi-automatically by the user presenting objects at a known depth in a calibration routine that requires a short period of time to complete. The accuracy of the transform to world coordinates is improved by accounting for lens distortion effects with a static, pre-computed calibration procedure for a given camera.
  • Binocular disparity is the primary means for recovering depth information from two or more images taken from different viewpoints. Given the two-dimensional position of an object in two views, it is possible to compute the depth of the object. Given that the two cameras are mounted parallel to each other in the same horizontal plane, and given that the two cameras have a focal lengthy f, the three-dimensional position (x,y,z) of an object is computed from the positions of the object in both images (ut,vt) and (ur,vr) by the following perspective projection equations:
  • u = u r - f x z ; v = v r = f y z ; d = u r - u l = f b z ; .
  • where the disparity, d, is the shift in location of the object in one view with respect to the other, and is related to the baseline b, the distance between the two cameras.
  • The vision algorithm performs 3-dimensional (3-D) tracking and 3-D depth computations. In this process, each object hypothesis is supported only by consistency of the object movement in 3-D. Unlike many conventional computer vision algorithms, the present invention does not rely on fragile appearance models such as skin color models or hand image templates, which are likely invalidated when environmental conditions change or the system is confronted with a different user.
  • Referring now to FIG. 6, there is illustrated a disparity between two video images captured by two video cameras mounted substantially parallel to each other for the purpose of determining the depth of objects, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. In FIG. 6, a first camera 600 and a second camera 602 (similar to cameras 210) are mounted substantially parallel to each other in the same horizontal plane and laterally aligned. The two cameras (600 and 602) are separated by a distance 604 defined between the longitudinal focal axis of each camera lens, also known as the baseline, b. A first video image 606 is the video image from the first camera 600 and a second video image 608 is the video image from the second camera 602. The disparity d (also item number 610), or shift in the two video images (606 and 608), can be seen by looking to an object 612 in the center of the first image 606, and comparing the location of that object 612 in the first image 606 to the location of that same object 612 in the second image 608. The disparity 610 is illustrated as the difference between a first vertical centerline 614 of the first image 606 that intersects the center of the object 612, and a second vertical centerline 616 of the second image 688. In the first image 606, the object 612 is centered about the vertical centerline 614 with the top of the object 612 located at point (u,v). In the second image 508, the same point (u,v) of the object 612 is located at point (u-d,v) in the second image 608, where d is the disparity 610, or shift in the object from the first image 606 with respect to the second image 610. Given disparity d, a depth z can be determined. As will be discussed, in accordance with one aspect of the invention, the depth component z is used in part to determine if an object is within the engagement volume, where the engagement volume is the volume within which objects will be selected by the system.
  • In accordance with another aspect of the present invention, a sparse stereo approach is utilized in order to limit computational requirements. The sparse stereo approach is that which determines disparity d only at the locations in the image that corresponds to a moving object. For a given point (u,v) in the image, the value of disparity d is found such that the sum of the absolute differences over a patch in the first image 606 (i.e., a left image IL) centered on (u,v) and a corresponding patch in the second image 608 (i.e., a right image IR) centered on (u-d,v), is minimized, i.e., the disparity value d that minimizes SAD(It,u-d,v,Ir,u,v). If an estimate of depth z is available from a previous time, then in order to limit computational requirements, the search for the minimal disparity d is limited to a range consistent with the last known depth z.
  • In accordance with another aspect of the invention, the search range may be further narrowed by use of an algorithm to predict the objects new location. In one embodiment, the prediction is accomplished by utilization of a Kalman filter.
  • The depth z can also be computed using traditional triangulation techniques. The sparse stereo technique is used when the system operation involves detecting moving objects within a narrow range in front of the display, e.g., within twenty inches. In such cases, the two video cameras are mounted in parallel and can be separated by a distance equal to the approximate width of the display, or a even smaller distance that approximates a few inches. However, when the system is implemented in a larger configuration, the distance between the two video cameras may be much greater. In such cases, traditional triangulation algorithms are used to determine the depth.
  • The foregoing discussion has focused on some details of the methodologies associated with locating and tracking an object to effect execution of corresponding and specified commands. An overview follows as to how these capabilities are implemented in one exemplary system.
  • Referring now to FIG. 7, there is illustrated an example of gestures that the system recognizes, and further illustrates visual feedback provided to the system through the display. A user 700 gives commands by virtue of different hand gestures 702 and/or verbal commands 704. The gestures 702 are transmitted to a system computer (not shown) as part of the video images created by a pair of video cameras (706 and 708). Verbal and/or generally, audio commands, are input to the system computer through a microphone 710. Typical GUI windows 712, 714, and 716 are displayed in a layered presentation in an upper portion of display 718 while a lower portion of display 718 provides visual graphic feedback of in the form of icons 720, 722, 724, and 726 of some of the gestures 702 recognized by the system.
  • In one example, the hand icon 720 is displayed when a corresponding gesture 728 is recognized. The name of the recognized command (Move) is also then displayed below the icon 720 to provide additional textual feedback to the user 700. Move and Raise commands may be recognized by dwelling on the window for a period of time. There is also a “flick” or “bump” command to send a window from one monitor to another monitor, in a multiple monitor configuration. This is controlled by moving the hand (or object) to the left or right, and is described in greater detail hereinbelow with respect to FIG. 9B. There are at least two ways to effect a Move; by speech recognition when voicing the word “Move”, or phrase “Move Window”, or any other associated voice command(s); and, by using the dwelling technique. It is appreciated that where more robust image capture and imaging processing systems are implemented, the pose of the hand may be mapped to any functionality, as described in greater detail below. Moreover, the shape of the hand icon may be changed in association with the captured hand pose to provide visual feedback to the user that the correct hand pose is being processed. However, as a basic implementation, the hand icon is positioned for selecting the window for interaction, or to move the window, or effect scrolling.
  • A Scroll command may be initiated first by voicing a corresponding command that is processed by speech recognition, and then using the hand (or object) to commence scrolling of the window by moving the hand (or object) up and down for the desired scroll direction.
  • In another example, the single displayed hand icon 720 is presented for all recognized hand gestures 702, however, the corresponding specific command name is displayed below the icon 720. Here, the same hand icon 720 is displayed in accordance with four different hand gestures utilized to indicate four different commands: Move, Close, Raise, and Scroll.
  • In still another aspect of the present invention, a different hand shaped icon is used for each specific command and the name of the command is optionally displayed below the command. In yet another embodiment, audio confirmation is provided by the computer, in addition to the displayed icon and optional command name displayed below the icon.
  • As previously mentioned, FIG. 7 illustrates the embodiment where a single hand shaped icon 720 is used, and the corresponding command recognized by the system is displayed below the icon 720. For example, when the system recognizes, either by virtue of gestures (with hand and/or object) and or verbal commands, the command to move a window, the icon 720 and corresponding command word “MOVE” are displayed by the display 718. Similarly, when the system recognizes a command to close a window, the icon 720 and corresponding command word “CLOSE” may be displayed by the display 718. Additional examples include, but are not limited to, displaying the icon 720 and corresponding command word “RAISE” when the system recognizes a hand gesture to bring a GUI window forward. When the system recognizes a hand gesture corresponding to a scroll command for scrolling a GUI window, the icon 720 and command word “SCROLL” are displayed by the display 718.
  • It is to be appreciated that the disclosed system may be configured to display any number and type of graphical icons in response to one or more hand gestures presented by the system user. Additionally, audio feedback may be used such that a beep or tone may be presented in addition to or in lieu of the graphical feedback. Furthermore the graphical icon may be used to provide feedback in the form of a color, combination of colors, and/or flashing color or colors. Feedback may also be provided by flashing a border of the selected window, the border in the direction of movement. For example, if the window is to be moved to the right, the right window border could be flashed to indicate the selected direction of window movement. In addition to or separate from, a corresponding tone frequency or any other associated sound may be emitted to indicate direction of movement, e.g., an upward movement would have and associated high pitch and a downward movement would have a low pitch. Still further, rotational aspects may be provided such that movement to the left effects a counterclockwise rotation of a move icon, or perhaps a leftward tilt in the GUI window in the direction of movement.
  • Referring now to FIG. 8, there is illustrated an alternative embodiment wherein a unique icon is displayed in association with a name of a specific recognized command, in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. Here, each icon-word pair is unique for each recognized command. Icon-word pairs 800, 802, 804, and 806 for the respective commands “MOVE”, “CLOSE”, “RAISE”, and “SCROLL”, are examples of visual feedback capabilities that can be provided.
  • The system is capable of interpreting commands based on interpreting hand gestures, verbal commands, or both in combination. A hand is identified as a moving object by the motion detection algorithms and the hand movement is tracked and interpreted. In accordance with one aspect of the invention, hand gestures and verbal commands are used cooperatively. Speech recognition is performed using suitable voice recognition applications, for example, Microsoft SAPI 5.1, with a simple command and control grammar. However, it is understood that any similar speech recognition system can be used. An inexpensive microphone is placed near the display to receive audio input. However, the microphone can be placed at any location insofar as audio signals can be received thereinto and processed by the system.
  • Following is an example of functionality that is achieved by combining hand gesture and verbal modalities. Interaction with the system can be initiated by a user moving a hand across an engagement plane and into an engagement volume.
  • Referring now to FIG. 9A, there is illustrated the engagement plane and engagement volume for a single monitor system of the present invention. A user 900 is located generally in front of a display 902, which is also within the imaging capabilities of a pair of cameras (906 and 908). A microphone 904 (similar to microphones 206 and 710) is suitably located such that user voice signals are input for processing, e.g., in front of the display 902. The cameras (906 and 908, similar to cameras 200 and, 706 and 708) are mounted substantially parallel to each other and on a horizontal plane above the display 902. The two video cameras (906 and 908) are separated by a distance that provides optimum detection and tracking for the given cameras and the engagement volume. However, it is to be appreciated that cameras suitable for wider fields of view, higher resolution, may be placed further apart on a plane different from the top of the display 902, for example, lower and along the sides of the display facing upwards, to capture gesture images for processing in accordance with novel aspects of the present invention. In accordance therewith, more robust image processing capabilities and hypothesis engines can be employed in the system to process greater amounts of data.
  • Between the display 902 and the user 900 is a volume 910 defined as the engagement volume. The system detects and tracks objects inside and outside of the volume 910 to determine the depth of one or more objects with respect to the engagement volume 910. However, those objects determined to be of a depth that is outside of the volume 910 will be ignored. As mentioned hereinabove, the engagement volume 910 is typically defined to be located where the bands and/or objects in the hands of the user 900 are most typically situated, i.e., above a keyboard of the computer system and in front of the cameras (906 and 908) between the user 900 and the display 902 (provided the user 900 is seated in front of the display on which the cameras (906 and 908) are located). However, is it appreciated that the user 900 may be standing while controlling the computer, which requires that the volume 910 be located accordingly to facilitate interface interaction. Furthermore, the objects may include not only the hand(s) of the user, or objects in the hand(s), but other parts of the body, such as head, torso movement, arms, or any other detectable objects. This is described in greater detail hereinbelow.
  • A plane 912 defines a face of the volume 910 that is closest to the user 900, and is called the engagement plane. The user 900 may effect control of the system by moving a hand (or object) through the engagement plane 912 and into the engagement volume 910. However, as noted above, the hand of the user 900 is detected and tracked even when outside the engagement volume 910. However, it would be ignored when outside of the engagement volume 910 insofar as control of the computer is concerned. When the object is moved across the engagement plane 912, feedback is provided to the user in the form of displaying an alpha-blended icon on the display (e.g., an operating system desktop). The icon is designed to be perceived as distinct from other desktop icons and may be viewed as an area cursor. The engagement plane 912 is positioned such that the user's hands do not enter it during normal use of the keyboard and mouse. When the system engages the hand or object, the corresponding hand icon displayed on the desktop is moved to reflect the position of the tracked object (or hand).
  • The engagement and acquisition of the moving hand (or object) is implemented in the lightweight sparse stereo system by looking for the object with a depth that is less than a predetermined distance value. Any such object will be considered the command object until it is moved out of the engagement volume 910, for example, behind the engagement plane 912, or until the hand (or object) is otherwise removed from being a tracked object. In one example, the specified distance is twenty inches.
  • In operation, the user 900 moves a hand through the engagement plane 912 and into the engagement volume 910 established for the system. The system detects the hand, tracks the hand as the hand moves from outside of the volume 910 to the inside, and provides feedback by displaying a corresponding hand shaped icon on the display 902. The open microphone 904 placed near the display 902 provides means for the user 900 to invoke one or more verbal commands in order to act upon the selected window under the icon. The window directly underneath the hand shaped icon is the selected window. When a spoken and/or audio command is input to and understood by the system, the interpreted command is displayed along with the hand shaped icon. For example, in one embodiment, by speaking the word “Move”, the user may initiate the continuous (or stepped) movement of the window under the hand shaped icon to follow the movement of the user's hand. The user 900 causes the selected window to move up or down within the display 902 by moving the hand up or down. Lateral motion is also similarly achieved. Movement of the window is terminated when the user hand is moved across the engagement plane 912 and out of the engagement volume 910. Other methods of termination include stopping movement of the hand (or object) for an extended period of time, which is processed by the system as a command to drop the associated hypothesis. Furthermore, as described hereinabove, the Move command may be invoked by dwelling the hand on the window for a period of time, followed by hand motion to initiate the direction of window movement.
  • Alternatively, the user may speak the word “Release” and the system will stop moving the selected window in response to the user's hand motion. Release may also be accomplished by dwelling a bit longer in time while in Move, and/or Scroll modes. The user 900 may also act upon a selected window with other actions. By speaking the words, “Close”, “Minimize”, or “Maximize” the selected window is respectively closed, minimized or maximized. By speaking the word “Raise”, the selected window is brought to the foreground, and by speaking “Send to Back”, the selected window is sent behind (to the background) all other open windows. By speaking “Scroll”, the user initiates a scrolling mode on the selected window. The user may control the rate of the scroll by the position of the hand. The hand shaped icon tracks the user's hand position, and the rate of the scrolling of the selected window is proportional to the distance between the current hand icon position and the position of the hand icon at the time the scrolling is initiated. Scrolling can be terminated by the user speaking “Release” or by the user moving their hand behind the engagement plane and out of the engagement volume. These are just a few examples of the voice recognition perceptual computer control capabilities of the disclosed architecture. It is to be appreciated that these voiced commands may also be programmed for execution in response to one or more object movements in accordance with the present invention.
  • In accordance with another aspect of the invention, dwell time can be used as a modality to control windows in lieu of, or in addition to, verbal commands and other disclosed modalities. Dwell time is defined as the time, after having engaged the system, that the user holds their hand position stationary such that the system hand shaped icon remains over a particular window. For example, by dwelling on a selected window for a short period of time (e.g., two seconds), the system can bring the window to the foreground of all other open windows (i.e., a RAISE command). Similarly, by dwelling a short time longer (e.g., four seconds), the system will grab (or select for dragging) the window, and the user causes the selected window to move up or down within the display by moving a hand up or down (i.e., a MOVE command). Lateral motion is also similarly achieved. Additional control over GUI windows can be accomplished in a similar fashion by controlling the dwell time of the hand shaped icon over the open window.
  • In accordance with a more robust aspect of the invention, hand gestures are interpreted by hand motion or by pattern recognition. For example, the user can bring the window to the front (or foreground), on top of all other open windows by moving a hand from a position closer to the display to position farther from the display, the hand remaining in the engagement volume 910. The use of 3-D imaging is described in greater detail hereinbelow. Similarly, the user can cause the selected window to be grabbed and moved by bringing fingers together with their thumb, and subsequently moving the hand. The selected window will move in relation to the user hand movement until the hand is opened up to release the selected window. Additional control over the selected window can be defined in response to particular hand movements or hand gestures. In accordance with another aspect of the present invention, the selected window will move in response to the user pointing their hand, thumb, or finger in a particular direction. For example, if the user points their index finger to right, the window will move to the right within the display. Similarly, if the user points to the left, up, or down the selected window will move to the left, up or down within the display, respectively. Additional window controls can be achieved through the use of similar hand gestures or motions.
  • In accordance with another aspect of the invention, the system is configurable such that an individual user selects the particular hand gestures that they wish to associate with particular commands. The system provides default settings that map a given set of gestures to a given set of commands. This mapping, however, is configurable such that the specific command executed in response to each particular hand gesture is definable by each user. For example, one user may wish to point directly at the screen with their index finger to grab the selected window for movement while another user may wish to bring their fingers together with their thumb to grab the selected window. Similarly, one user may wish to point a group of fingers up or down in order to move a selected window up or down, while another user may wish to open the palm of their hand toward the cameras and then move their opened hand up or down to move a selected window up or down. All given gestures and commands are configurable by the individual users to best suit that particular user's individual personal preferences.
  • Similarly, in accordance with another aspect of the present invention, the system may include a “Record and Define Gesture” mode. In the “Record and Define Gesture” mode, the system records hand gestures performed by the user. The recorded gestures are then stored in the system memory to be recognized during normal operation. The given hand gestures are then associated with a particular command to be performed by the system in response to that particular hand gesture. With such capability, a user may further tailor the system to their personal preference or, similarly, may tailor system operation to respond to specific commands most appropriate for particular applications.
  • In a similar fashion, the user can choose the particular words, from a given set, they wish to use for a particular command. For example, one user may choose to say “Release” to stop moving a window while another may wish to say, “Quit”. This capability allows different users, which may prefer to use different words for a given command, the ability to tailor the system in a way most efficient for their personal use.
  • The present invention can be utilized in an expansive list of applications. The following discussion is exemplary of only a few applications with which the present invention may be utilized. One such application is associated with user control of a presentation, or similar type of briefing application, wherein the user makes a presentation on a projection type screen to a group of listeners.
  • Referring now to FIG. 9B, there is illustrated a multiple monitor implementation. Here, the system includes three monitors (or displays) through which the user 900 exercises control of 001 features; a first display 912, a second display 914, and a third display 916. The cameras (906 and 908) are similarly situated as in FIG. 9A, to define the engagement volume 910. By utilizing the “flick” or “bump” motion(s) as performed by a hand 918 of the user 900, the user 900 can move a window 920 from the first display 912 to the second display 914, and further from the second display 914 to the third display 916. The flick motion of the user hand 918 can effect movement of the window 920 from the first display 912 to the third display 916 in a single window movement, or in multiple steps through the displays (914 and 916) using corresponding multiple band motions. Of course, control by the user 900 occurs only when the user hand 918 breaks the engagement plane 912, and is determined to be a control object (i.e., an object meeting parameters sufficient to effect control of the computer).
  • As mentioned hereinabove, the user 900 is located generally in front of the displays (912, 914, and 916), which is also within the imaging capabilities of the pair of cameras (906 and 908). The microphone 904 is suitably located to receive user voice signals. The cameras (906 and 908) are mounted substantially parallel to each other and on a horizontal plane above the displays (912, 914, and 916), and separated by a distance that provides optimum detection and tracking for the given cameras and the engagement volume 910.
  • In operation, the user 900 moves the hand 918 through the engagement plane 912 and into the engagement volume 910 established for the system. The system, which had detected and tracked the hand 918 before it entered the volume 912, begins providing feedback to the user 900 by displaying the band shaped icon 922 on one of the displays (912, 914, and 916). The microphone 904 provides additional means for the user 900 to invoke one or more verbal commands in order to act upon the selected window 920 under the corresponding icon 922. The window 920 directly underneath the hand shaped icon is the selected window. When the user hand 918 enters the volume 910, it is recognized as a control object. The corresponding icon 922 is presented by the system on the computer display 912. By dwelling a predetermined amount of time, the associated window is assigned for control. The user 900 causes the selected window to move up or down within the display by invoking the ‘Move’ command as explained above and then moving the hand up or down, or to move across one or more of the monitors (914 and 916) by invoking the ‘Flick’ command and then using the flick band motion. Of course, if the second display 914 was the initial point of control, the user 900 can cause the window 920 to be moved left to the first display 912, or right to the third display 916. Movement of the window is terminated (or “released”) when the user hand dwells for a time longer than a predetermined dwell time, or out of the engagement volume 910.
  • Alternatively, the user may speak the word “Release” and the system will stop moving the selected window in response to the user's hand motion. Release may also be accomplished by dwelling a bit while in Move, and/or Scroll modes. The user may also act upon a selected window with other actions. By speaking the words, “Close”, “Minimize”, or “Maximize” the selected window is respectively closed, minimized or maximized. By speaking the word “Raise”, the selected window is brought to the foreground, and by speaking “Send to Back”, the selected window is sent behind (to the background) all other open windows. By speaking “Scroll”, the user initiates a scrolling mode on the selected window. The user may control the rate of the scroll by the position of the hand. The hand shaped icon tracks the user's hand position, and the rate of the scrolling of the selected window is proportional to the distance between the current hand icon position and the position of the hand icon at the time the scrolling is initialed. Scrolling can be terminated by the user speaking “Release” or by the user moving their hand behind the engagement plane and out of the engagement volume. These are just a few examples of the voice recognition perceptual computer control capabilities of the disclosed architecture.
  • Referring now to FIG. 10, there is illustrated a briefing room environment where voice and/or gestures are utilized to control a screen projector via a computer system configured in accordance with an aspect of the present invention. The briefing room 1000 comprises a large briefing table 1002 surrounded on three sides by numerous chairs 1004, a computer 1006, a video projector 1008, and a projector screen 1010. Utilization of the present invention adds additional elements comprising the disclosed perceptual software 1012, two video cameras (1014 and 1016) and a microphone 1018. In this application, a user 1020 is positioned between the projector screen 1010 and briefing table 1002 at which the audience is seated. A top face 1022 of an engagement volume 1024 is defined by rectangular area 1026. Similarly, a front surface indicated at 1028 represents an engagement plane.
  • As the user gives the presentation, the user controls the content displayed on the projection screen 1010 and advancement of the slides (or presentation images) by moving their hand(s) through the engagement plane 1028 into the engagement volume 1024, and/or speaking commands recognizable by the system. Once inside the engagement volume 1024, a simple gesture is made to advance to the next slide, back-up to a previous slide, initiate an embedded video, or to effect one of a number of many other presentation capabilities.
  • A similar capability can be implemented for a home media center wherein the user can change selected video sources, change channels, control volume, advance chapter and other similar functions by moving their hand across an engagement plane into an engagement volume and subsequently performing the appropriate hand gesture. Additional applications include perceptual interfaces for TabletPCs, Media center PCs, kiosks, hand held computers, home appliances, video games, and wall sized displays, along with many others.
  • It is appreciated that in more robust implementations, instead of the engagement volume being fixed at a position associated with the location of the cameras that requires the presenter to operate according to the location of the engagement volume, the system can be configured such that the engagement volume travels with the user (in a “roaming” mode) as the user moves about the room. Thus, the cameras would be mounted on a platform that rotates such that the rotation maintains the cameras substantially equidistant from the presenter. The presenter may carry a sensor (e.g., an RFID tag) that allows the system to sense or track the general location of the presenter. The system would then affect rotation of the camera mount to “point” the cameras at the presenter. In response thereto, the engagement volume may be extended to the presenter allowing control of the computer system as the presenter moves about. The process of “extending” the engagement volume can include increasing the depth of the volume such that the engagement plane surface moves to the presenter, or by maintaining the volume dimensions, but moving the fixed volume to the presenter. This would require on-the-fly focal adjustment of the cameras to track quick movements in the depth of objects in the volume, but also the movement of the presenter.
  • Another method of triggering system attention in this mode would be to execute a predefined gesture that is not likely to be made unintentionally, e.g., raising a hand.
  • It is also appreciated that the system is configurable for individual preferences such that the engagement volume of a first user may be different from the volume of a second user. For example, in accordance with a user login, or other unique user information, the user preferences may be retrieved and implemented automatically by the system. This can include automatically elevating the mounted cameras for a taller person by using a telescoping camera stand so that the cameras are at the appropriate height of the particular user, whether sitting or standing. This also includes, but is not limited to, setting the system for “roaming” mode.
  • Referring now to FIG. 11, there is illustrated a block diagram of a computer operable to execute the present invention. In order to provide additional context for various aspects of the present invention, FIG. 11 and the following discussion are intended to provide a brief, general description of a suitable computing environment 1100 in which the various aspects of the present invention may be implemented. While the invention has been described above in the general context of computer-executable instructions that may run on one or more computers, those skilled in the art will recognize that the invention also may be implemented in combination with other program modules and/or as a combination of hardware and software. Generally, program modules include routines, programs, components, data structures, etc., that perform particular tasks or implement particular abstract data types. Moreover; those skilled in the art will appreciate that the inventive methods may be practiced with other computer system configurations, including single-processor or multiprocessor computer systems, minicomputers, mainframe computers, as well as personal computers, hand-held computing devices, microprocessor-based or programmable consumer electronics, and the like, each of which may be operatively coupled to one or more associated devices. The illustrated aspects of the invention may also be practiced in distributed computing environments where certain tasks are performed by remote processing devices that are linked through a communications network. In a distributed computing environment, program modules may be located in both local and remote memory storage devices.
  • A computer typically includes a variety of computer readable media. Computer readable media can be any available media that can be accessed by the computer and includes both volatile and nonvolatile media, removable and non-removable media. By way of example, and not limitation, computer readable media can comprise computer storage media and communication media. Computer storage media includes both volatile and nonvolatile, removable and non-removable media implemented in any method or technology for storage of information such as computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data. Computer storage media includes, but is not limited to, RAM, ROM, EEPROM, flash memory or other memory technology, CD-ROM, digital video disk (DVD) or other optical disk storage, magnetic cassettes, magnetic tape, magnetic disk storage or other magnetic storage devices, or any other medium which can be used to store the desired information and which can be accessed by the computer. Communication media typically embodies computer readable instructions, data structures, program modules or other data in a modulated data signal such as a carrier wave or other transport mechanism and includes any information delivery media. The term “modulated data signal” means a signal that has one or more of its characteristics set or changed in such a manner as to encode information in the signal. By way of example, and not limitation, communication media includes wired media such as a wired network or direct-wired connection, and wireless media such as acoustic, RF, infrared and other wireless media. Combinations of the any of the above should also be included within the scope of computer readable media.
  • With reference again to FIG. 11, the exemplary environment 1100 for implementing various aspects of the invention includes a computer 1102, the computer 1102 including a processing unit 1104, a system memory 1106, and a system bus 1108. The system bus 1108 couples system components including, but not limited to the system memory 1106 to the processing unit 1104. The processing unit 1104 may be any of various commercially available processors. Dual microprocessors and other multi processor architectures also can be employed as the processing unit 1104.
  • The system bus 1108 can be any of several types of bus structure including a memory bus or memory controller, a peripheral bus, and a local bus using any of a variety of commercially available bus architectures. The system memory 1106 includes read only memory (ROM) 1110 and random access memory (RAM) 1112. A basic input/output system (BIOS), containing the basic routines that help to transfer information between elements within the computer 1102, such as during start-up, is stored in the ROM 1110.
  • The computer 1102 further includes a hard disk drive 1114, a magnetic disk drive 1116, (e.g., to read from or write to a removable disk 1118) and an optical disk drive 1120, (e.g., reading a CD-ROM disk 1122 or to read from or write to other optical media). The hard disk drive 1114, magnetic disk drive 1116 and optical disk drive 1120 can be connected to the system bus 1108 by a hard disk drive interface 1124, a magnetic disk drive interface 1126 and an optical drive interface 1128, respectively. The drives and their associated computer-readable media provide nonvolatile storage of data, data structures, computer-executable instructions, and so forth. For the computer 1102, the drives and media accommodate the storage of broadcast programming in a suitable digital format. Although the description of computer-readable media above refers to a hard disk, a removable magnetic disk and a CD, it should be appreciated by those skilled in the art that other types of media which are readable by a computer, such as zip drives, magnetic cassettes, flash memory cards, digital video disks, cartridges, and the like, may also be used in the exemplary operating environment, and further that any such media may contain computer-executable instructions for performing the methods of the present invention.
  • A number of program modules can be stored in the drives and RAM 1112, including an operating system 1130, one or more application programs 1132, other program modules 1134 and program data 1136. It is appreciated that the present invention can be implemented with various commercially available operating systems or combinations of operating systems.
  • A user can enter commands and information into the computer 1102 through a keyboard 1138 and a pointing device, such as a mouse 1140. Other input devices (not shown) may include one or more video cameras, one or microphones, an IR remote control, a joystick, a game pad, a satellite dish, a scanner, or the like. These and other input devices are often connected to the processing unit 1104 through a serial port interface 1142 that is coupled to the system bus 1108, but may be connected by other interfaces, such as a parallel port, a game port, an IEEE 1394 serial port, a universal serial bus (“USB”), an IR interface, etc. A monitor 1144 or other type of display device is also connected to the system bus 1108 via an interface, such as a video adapter 1146. In addition to the monitor 1144, a computer typically includes other peripheral output devices (not shown), such as speakers, printers etc.
  • The computer 1102 may operate in a networked environment using logical connections to one or more remote computers, such as a remote computer(s) 1148. The remote computer(s) 1148 may be a workstation, a server computer, a router, a personal computer, portable computer, microprocessor-based entertainment appliance, a peer device or other common network node, and typically includes many or all of the elements described relative to the computer 1102, although, for purposes of brevity, only a memory storage device 1150 is illustrated. The logical connections depicted include a LAN 1152 and a WAN 1154. Such networking environments are commonplace in offices, enterprise-wide computer networks, intranets and the Internet.
  • When used in a LAN networking environment, the computer 1102 is connected to the local network 1152 through a network interface or adapter 1156. When used in a WAN networking environment, the computer 1102 typically includes a modem 1158, or is connected to a communications server on the LAN, or has other means for establishing communications over the WAN 1154, such as the Internet. The modem 1158, which may be internal or external, is connected to the system bus 1108 via the serial port interface 1142. In a networked environment, program modules depicted relative to the computer 1102, or portions thereof, may be stored in the remote memory storage device 1150. It will be appreciated that the network connections shown are exemplary and other means of establishing a communications link between the computers may be used.
  • Further, a camera 1160 (such as a digital/electronic still or video camera, or film/photographic scanner) capable of capturing a sequence of images 1162 can also be included as an input device to the computer 1102. While just one camera 1160 is depicted, multiple cameras 1160 could be included as input devices to the computer 1102. The images 1162 from the one or more cameras 1160 are input into the computer 1102 via an appropriate camera interface 1164. This interface 1164 is connected to the system bus 1108, thereby allowing the images 1162 to be routed to and stored in the RAM 1112, or one of the other data storage devices associated with the computer 1102. However, it is noted that image data can be input into the computer 1102 from any of the aforementioned computer-readable media as well, without requiring the use of the camera 1160.
  • Referring now to FIG. 12, there is illustrated a network implementation 1200 of the present invention. The implementation 1200 includes a first perceptual system 1202 and a second perceptual system 1204, both operational according to the disclosed invention. The first system 1202 includes cameras 1206 (also denoted C1 and C2) mounted on a rotational and telescoping camera mount 1208. A first user 1210 located generally in front of the first system 1202 effects control of a GUI Content A of the first system 1202 in accordance with the novel aspects of the present invention by introducing hand gestures into an engagement volume 1211 and/or voice signals via a microphone. The first user 1210 may roam about in front of the cameras 1206 in accordance with the “roaming” operational mode described previously, or may be seated in front of the cameras 1206. The second system 1204 includes cameras 1212 (also denoted C3 and C4) mounted on a rotational and telescoping camera mount 1214. A second user 1216 located generally in front of the second system 1204 effects control of a GUI Content B of the second system 1204 in accordance with the novel aspects of the present invention by introducing hand gestures into an engagement volume 1217 and/or voice signals using a microphone. The second user 1216 may roam about in front of the cameras 1212 in accordance with the “roaming” operational mode described previously, or may be seated in front of the cameras 1212.
  • The first and second systems (1202 and 1204) may be networked in a conventional wired or wireless network 1207 peer configuration (or bus configuration by using a hub 1215). This particular system 1200 is employed to present both Content A and Content B via a single large monitor or display 1218. Thus the monitor 1218 can be driven by either of the systems (1202 and 1204), as can be provided by conventional dual-output video graphics cards, or the separate video information may be transmitted to a third monitor control system 1220 to present the content. Such an implementation finds application where a side-by-side comparison of product features is being presented, or other similar applications where two or more users may desire to interact. Thus, Content A and Content B can be presented on a split screen layout of the monitor 1218. Either or both users (1210 and 1216) can also provide keyboard and/or mouse input to facilitate control according to the present invention.
  • 3-D Imaging Implementations
  • Referring now to FIG. 13, there is illustrated a medical operating room system 1300 that uses the engagement volume in accordance with the present invention. An operating room 1302 includes an operating table 1304 on which a patient 1305 is placed. A doctor (or medical person) 1306 is positioned to one side of the table 1304 in order to effectively operate on the patient 1305. However, it is to be appreciated that the medical person 1306 may be required to move around the table 1304 and operate from various positions and angles.
  • The operating room system 1300 also includes an operation computer system 1308 used by the medical person 1306 to facilitate the operation. In this particular embodiment, the operation computer system 1308 comprises three computer systems: a first computer system 1310, a second computer system 1312, and a third computer system 1314. The first system 1310 includes a first monitor (or display) 1316, the second system 1312 includes a second display 1318, and the third system 1314 includes a third display 1320. Medical information related to the patient 1305 can be displayed on the any one or more of the monitors (1316, 1318 and 1320) before, during, and/or after the operation. Note that the computer and displays can be oriented or positioned in any manner suitable for easy use and viewing by operating room personnel.
  • The operation computing system 1308 also includes at least a pair of cameras 1322 suitably designed for capturing images of at least the hands, arms, head, and general upper torso appendage positions, to the level of hand and finger positions of the medical person 1306. The cameras 1322 can be connected to a single computer system for the input of image data, and thereafter, the image data distributed among the computing systems (1310, 1312, and 1314) for processing. The three computer systems (1310, 1312, and 1314) are networked on a wired network 1324, which network 1324 can connect to a larger hospital or facility-wide network, for example. Note that it is not required to have three computer systems. Alternatively, in such environments where the network 1324 can present a bottleneck to such data transfers, a gigabit or faster network can be employed internally and locally for high-speed communication of the image data between the computer systems (1310, 1312, and 1314) or to a fourth computer system (not shown) on the local high-speed network that can more efficiently and quickly process and present the image data to any one or more of the displays (1316, 1318, and 1320). The disclosed invention is not restricted to more computers or fewer computers. This is to indicate that the system can employ a plurality of computers for presenting the same information from multiple perspectives (as could be beneficial in an operating room environment), and different information from each system, for example.
  • In one implementation, the operation computing system 1308 develops an engagement volume 1326 above the operating table 1304, which volume envelops part or all the operation area of patient 1305. Thus, the table 1304, patient 1305, and volume 1326 are all at a height suitable for operation such that the hands of the medical person 1306 can engage the volume 1326 at an appropriate height to be detected and tracked by the computing system 1308. Hand gestures of the medical person 1306 are then imaged, tracked, and processed, as described hereinabove, and more specifically, with respect to FIG. 9, to facilitate controlling the presentation of information on one or more of the displays (1316, 1318, and 1320) via associated computing systems, as this can also entail audio I/O. In support of voice commands, the medical person 1306 can be outfitted with a wireless portable microphone system 1328 that includes a power supply, microphone, and transmitter for communicating wirelessly with a computer wireless transceiver system 1330 of the operation computer system 1308. Thus, voice commands alone or in combination with hand gestures can be used to facilitate the operation.
  • Referring now to FIG. 14, there is illustrated a medical operating room environment 1400 in which a computer control system 1404 with a wireless control device 1404 is employed. The system 1404 also includes the use of the wireless control device 1404 for control thereof. Here, the engagement volume of FIG. 13 is no longer required or used only marginally. Continuing with the operating room implementation, the medical person 1306 uses the wireless remote control user interface (UI) device 1404 (hereinafter referred to as a “wand”) to facilitate control of the operation computer system 1308. The wand 1404 can be positioned on a headpiece 1406 worn by the medical person 1306 to provide the free use of hands during the procedure. The wand 1404 is oriented in parallel with the line of sight (or also called, “gaze”) of the person 1306 such that when the person's line of sight is to the system 1308, this is detected as an interaction to be processes by the system 1308. All the person 1306 needs to do is perform head movements to facilitate control of the operation computing system 1308. The wand 1404 includes one or more sensors the outputs of which are transmitted to the transceiver system 1330 and forwarded to the operation computing system 1308 for processing. The wand 1404 and associated computing system and imaging capabilities are described in the following pending U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/160,692, entitled “A SYSTEM AND PROCESS FOR SELECTING OBJECTS IN A UBIQUITOUS COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT,” filed May 31, 2002, and Ser. No. 10/160,659, entitled “A SYSTEM AND PROCESS FOR CONTROLLING ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS IN A UBIQUITOUS COMPUTING ENVIRONMENT USING MULTIMODAL INTEGRATION,” filed May 31, 2002, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
  • In general, the system 1402 includes the aforementioned wand 1404 in the form of the wireless radio frequency (RF) pointer, which includes an RF transceiver and various orientation sensors. The outputs of the sensors are periodically packaged as orientation signals and transmitted using the RF transceiver to the computer transceiver 1330, which also has a RF transceiver to receive the orientation messages transmitted by the wand 1404. The orientation signals of the wand 1404 are forwarded to the computer system 1308. The computer system 1308 is employed to compute the orientation and location of the wand 1404 using the orientation signals, as are images of the wand 1404 captured by the cameras 1322. The orientation and location of the wand 1404 is in turn used to determine if the wand 1404 is being pointed at an object in the operating room environment 1400 that is controllable by the computer system 1308 via the network 1324, such as one of the displays (1316, 1318, or 1320). If so, the object is selected.
  • The wand 1404 specifically includes a case having a shape with a defined pointing end, a microcontroller, the aforementioned RF transceiver and orientation sensors which are connected to the microcontroller, and a power supply (e.g., batteries) for powering these electronic components. The orientation sensors of the wand 1404 include at least, an accelerometer, which provides separate x-axis and y-axis orientation signals, and a magnetometer, which provides separate tri-axial measurements (x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis) orientation signals. These electronics are housed in a case that resembles a handheld wand. However, the packaging can be of any form factor such that the functionality of the wand 1404 can be used for the particular purpose.
  • As indicated previously, the orientation signals generated by the wand 1404 include the outputs of the sensors. To this end, the wand microcontroller periodically reads and stores the outputs of the orientation sensors. Whenever a request for an orientation signal is received (or it is time to generate such a signal if the pointer is programmed to do so without a request), the microcontroller includes the last-read outputs from the accelerometer and magnetometer in the orientation signal.
  • The wand 1404 also includes other electronic components such as a user activated switch or button, and a series of light emitting diodes (LEDs). The user-activated switch, which is also connected to the microcontroller, is employed for the purpose of instructing the computer to implement a particular function, such as will be described later. To this end, the state of the switch in regard to whether it is activated or deactivated at the time an orientation message is packaged is included in that message for transmission to the computer. The series of LEDs includes a pair of differently colored, visible spectrum LEDs, which are connected to the microcontroller, and which are visible from the outside of the pointer's case when lit. These LEDs are used to provide status or feedback information to the user, and are controlled via instructions transmitted to the pointer by the computer.
  • However, as will be described in greater detail hereinbelow, since the wand 1404 includes at least one motion sensor, the user activated switch can be implemented in an alternative manner using hands-free control thereof via heed movements, for example, or a combination of voice activation, and/or head movement, just to name a few.
  • The foregoing system 1402 is utilized to select an object by having the user simply point to the object or feature with the wand 1404. This entails the computer system 1308 first receiving the orientation signals transmitted by the wand 1404. For each message received, the computer 1308 derives the orientation of the wand 1404 in relation to a predefined coordinate system of the environment in which the wand 1404 is operating using the orientation sensor readings contained in the message. In addition, the video output from the video cameras 1322 is used to ascertain the location of the wand 1404 at a time substantially contemporaneous with the generation of the orientation signals and in terms of the predefined coordinate system. Once the orientation and location of the wand 1404 are computed, they are used to determine whether the wand 1404 is being pointed at an object in the environment that is controllable by the computer system 1308. If so, then that object is selected for future control actions.
  • Referring also to FIG. 22, the computer system 1308 derives the orientation of the wand 1404 from the orientation sensor readings contained in the orientation signals, as follows. First, the accelerometer and magnetometer output values contained in the orientation signals are normalized. 1000 Angles defining the pitch of the wand 1404 about the x-axis and the roll of the device about the y-axis are computed 1002 from the normalized outputs of the accelerometer. The normalized magnetometer output values are then refined 1004 using these pitch and roll angles. Next, previously established correction factors for each axis of the magnetometer, which relate the magnetometer outputs to the predefined coordinate system of the environment, are applied 1006 to the associated refined and system of the environment, are applied to the associated refined and normalized outputs of the magnetometer. The yaw angle of the wand 1404 about the z-axis is computed 1008 using the refined magnetometer output values. The computed pitch, roll and yaw angles are then tentatively designated 1010 as defining the orientation of the wand 1404 at the time the orientation signals are generated.
  • It is next determined whether the wand 1404 is in a right-side up or up-side down position at the time the orientation signals were generated. If the wand 1404 was in the right-side up position, the previously computed pitch, roll and yaw, angles are designated as the defining the finalized orientation of the wand 1404. However, if it is determined that the wand 1404 was in the up-side down position at the time the orientation message was generated, the tentatively designated roll angle is corrected accordingly, and then the pitch, yaw and modified roll angle are designated as defining the finalized orientation of the wand 1404.
  • In the foregoing description, it is assumed that the accelerometer and magnetometer of the wand 1404 are oriented such that their respective first axis corresponds to the x-axis which is directed laterally to a pointing axis of the wand 1404, and their respective second axis corresponds to the y-axis, which is directed along the pointing axis of the wand 1404, and the third axis of the magnetometer corresponds to the z-axis, which is directed vertically upward when the wand 1404 is positioned right-side up with the x and y axes lying in a horizontal plane.
  • The computer system 1308 derives the location of the wand 1404 from the video output of the video cameras 1322, as follows. In the wand 1404, there is an infrared (IR) LED connected to a microcontroller that is able to emit IR light outside the wand 1404 case when lit. The microcontroller causes the IR LEDs to flash. In addition, the aforementioned pair of digital video cameras 1322 each have an IR pass filter that results in the video image frames capturing only IR light emitted or reflected in the environment toward the cameras 1322, including the flashing from the wand 1404 IR LED which appears as a bright spot in the video image frames. The microcontroller causes the IR LED to flash at a prescribed rate that is approximately one-half the frame rate of the video cameras 1322. This results in only one of each pair of image frames produced by a camera having the IR LED flashes depicted in it. This allows each pair of frames produced by a camera to be subtracted to produce a difference image, which depicts for the most part only the IR emissions and reflections directed toward the camera which appear in one or the other of the pair of frames but not both (such as the flash from the IR LED of the pointing device). In this way, the background IR in the environment is attenuated and the IR flash becomes the predominant feature in the difference image.
  • The image coordinates of the pixel in the difference image that exhibits the highest intensity is then identified using a standard peak detection procedure. A conventional stereo image technique is employed to compute the 3-D coordinates of the flash for each set of approximately contemporaneous pairs of image frames generated by the pair of cameras 1322 using the image coordinates of the flash from the associated difference images and predetermined intrinsic and extrinsic camera parameters. These coordinates represent the location of the wand 1404 (as represented by the location of the IR LED) at the time the video image frames used to compute the coordinates were generated by the cameras 1322.
  • The orientation and location of the wand 1404 at any given time is used to determine whether the wand 1404 is being pointed at an object in the environment that is controllable by the computer system 1308. In order to do so, the computer system 1308 must know what objects are controllable and where they exist in the environment. This requires a model of the environment. In the present system and process, the location and extent of objects within the environment that are controllable by the computer system 1308 are modeled using 3-D Gaussian blobs defined by a location of the mean of the blob in terms of its environmental coordinates and a covariance.
  • At least two different methods have been developed to model objects in the environment. The first method involves the user inputting information identifying the object that is to be modeled. The user then activates the switch on the pointing device and traces the outline of the object. Meanwhile, the computer system 1308 is running a target training procedure that causes requests for orientation signals to be sent to the wand 1404 at a prescribed request rate. The orientation signals are input when received, and for each orientation signal, it is determined whether the switch state indicator included in the orientation signal indicates that the switch is activated. Whenever it is initially determined that the switch is not activated, the switch state determination action is repeated for each subsequent orientation signal received until an orientation signal is received that indicates the switch is activated. At that point, each time it is determined that the switch is activated, the location of the wand 1404 is ascertained, as described previously, using the digital video input from the pair of video cameras 1322. When the user is done tracing the outline of the object being modeled, he or she deactivates the switch. The target training (or calibration) process detects this as the switch having been deactivated after first having been activated in the immediately preceding orientation signal. Whenever such a condition occurs, the tracing procedure is deemed to be complete and a 3-D Gaussian blob representing the object is established using the previously ascertained wand locations stored during the tracing procedure.
  • The second method of modeling objects during a calibration process once again begins by the user inputting information identifying the object that is to be modeled. However, in this case the user repeatedly points the wand 1404 at the object and momentarily activates the switch on the wand 1404, each time pointing the wand 1404 from a different location within the environment. Meanwhile, the computer system 1308 is running a target training algorithm that causes requests for orientation signals to be sent to the wand 1404 at a prescribed request rate. Each orientation message received from the wand 1404 is input until the user indicates the target training inputs are complete.
  • For each orientation signal input, it is determined whether the switch state indicator contained therein indicates that the switch is activated. Whenever it is determined that the switch is activated, the orientation of the wand 1404 is computed, as described previously, using orientation sensor readings also included in the orientation message. In addition, the location of the wand 1404 is ascertained using the inputted digital video from the pair of video cameras 1322. The computed orientation and location values are stored.
  • Once the user indicates the target training inputs are complete, the location of the mean of a 3-D Gaussian blob that will be used to represent the object being modeled is computed from the stored orientation and location values of the wand 1404. The covariance of the Gaussian blob is then obtained in one of various ways. For example, it can be a prescribed covariance, a user input covariance, or the covariance can be computed by adding a minimum covariance to the spread of the intersection points of rays defined by the stored orientation and location values of the wand 1404.
  • With a Gaussian blob model of the environment in place, the orientation and location of the wand 1404 is used to determine whether the wand 1404 is being pointed at an object in the environment that is controllable by the computer system 1308. In one version of this procedure, for each Gaussian blob in the model, the blob is projected onto a plane that is normal to either a line extending from the location of the wand 1404 to the mean of the blob, or a ray originating at the location of the wand 1404 and extending in a direction defined by the orientation of the wand 1404. The value of the resulting projected Gaussian blob at a point where the ray intersects the plane, is computed. This value represents the probability that the wand 1404 is pointing at the object associated with the blob under consideration.
  • Next, the probability is computed that represents the largest value computed for the Gaussian blobs, if any. At this point, the object associated with the Gaussian blob from which the largest probability value was derived could be designated as being the object at which the wand 1404 is pointing. However, an alternative thresholding procedure could be employed instead. In this alternate version, it is first determined whether the largest probability value exceeds a prescribed minimum probability threshold. Only if the threshold is exceeded is the object associated with the projected Gaussian blob from which the largest probability value was derived designated as being the object at which the wand 1404 is pointing. The minimum probability threshold is chosen to ensure the user is actually pointing at the object and not just near the object without an intent to select it.
  • In an alternate procedure for determining whether the wand 1404 is being pointed at an object in the environment 1400 that is controllable by the computer system 1308, for each Gaussian blob, it is determined whether a ray originating at the location of the wand 1404 and extending in a direction defined by the orientation of the wand 1404 intersects the blob. Next, for each Gaussian blob intersected by the ray, it is determined what the value of the Gaussian blob is at a point along the ray nearest the location of the mean of the blob. This value represents the probability that the wand 1404 is pointing at the object associated with the Gaussian blob. The rest of the procedure is similar to the first method, in that, the object associated with the Gaussian blob from which the largest probability value was derived could be designated as being the object at which the wand 1404 is pointing. Alternatively, it is first determined whether the probability value identified as the largest exceeds the prescribed minimum probability threshold. If the threshold is exceeded, only then is the object associated with the projected Gaussian blob from which the largest probability value was derived designated as being the object at which the wand 1404 is pointing.
  • Hands-free control of the operation computing system 1308 using the head mounted wand 1404 involves generating at least a series of calibrated head movements. Moreover, since the person 1306 also uses the wireless microphone system 1328, voice commands can be employed alone or in combination with the head movements to enhance control of the computer system 1308. With the implementation of one or more motion sensors therein, e.g., accelerometers, velocity and/or acceleration data can be measured and resolved as the “switch” signal of the wand 1404 to initiate or terminate an action without physically having to move a switch with a finger, which would be extremely cumbersome and risky (insofar at least as sterilization and the transmission of germs is involved) in an operating room environment. For example, when the system 1308 determines that the gaze of the medical person 1306 is at the second display 1318, a simple left-right head movement can be interpreted to initiate a paging action such that displayed images are changed similar to a person thumbing through pages of a book. Thereafter, an up-down head nod could be used to stop the paging process. Alternatively, the paging process could be initiated by voice command after the system 1308 ascertains that the gaze is directed at the second display 1318.
  • If more than one wand 1404 was employed by operating room personnel, the wands can be uniquely identified by an RF tagging system, such that signals transmitted to the computer system 1308 are interpreted in association with different personnel. For example, the doctor in charge of the operation and his or her assisting nurse could each have a head mounted wand. The system 1308 can be suitably designed to discriminate the wand signals according to a unique tag ID that accompanies each signal transmitted to the computer system 1308. Such tagging system can also be used as a method of prioritizing signals for controlling the computer. For example, the system can be configured to prioritize signals received from the doctor over those signals received from the assisting nurse.
  • In a more sophisticated implementation, the computer system 1308 employs the classifier system described hereinabove to learn the movements of personnel over time. For example, body movements of one person typically differ from the way a body movement of another may be used to control the system 1308. Thus, instead of the user of the wand 1404 conforming to rigid criteria of signaling required by the computer system algorithm, the system 1308 can employ the classifier to learn the particular movements of a given user. Once the user “logs in” to the system 1308, these customized movement signals (and voice signals, for example) can then be activated for use by the system 1308 for that user.
  • It is to be appreciated that once the use of a remote wireless system 1404 is employed, other internal and external signals can be input thereto for transmission to and control of the system 1308. For example, the heart rate of the person 1306 can be monitored and input to the wand system 1404 or wireless voice system 1328 for wireless input to the system 1308 to monitor the state of the person 1306. If, during a lengthy operation, the system 1308 detects that the physical condition of the person 1306 is deteriorating, the classifier can be used to modify how the movement and voice signals are processed for controlling the system 1308. A faster heart rate can indicate faster speech and/or head movements that would then be compensated for in the system 1308 using the classifier. Of course, these parameters would be determined on a user-by-user basis.
  • In accordance with the orientation signals received from the wand 1404, the system 1308 can determine a number of factors about the person 1306. The system 1308 can determine when the person 1306 (or what person(s)) is looking at the system 1308. For example, if the orientation of the wand 1404 indicates that the head position (or gaze) of the person 1306 matches orientation associated with looking at any of the three monitors (1316, 1318, or 1320), here, the second monitor 1318, the system 1308 then responds according to signals received thereafter, until the viewing session associated with the second monitor 1318 is terminated by voice and/or head movements.
  • Where only one wand 1404 is provided, the system 1308 can re-associate the wand 1404 with a user profile of another person 1306 who will use the wand 1404. There exists a database of user profiles and tag associations such that invocation of the wand tag (or ID) with the user log-in name automatically executes the user profile for use with the wand 1404. This way, individualized user commands in the form of head movements, voice commands, etc., are automatically invoked at the user log-in process.
  • The system 1308 can also employ a bi-directional activation scheme wherein the user initiates a user command for starting a session, and the system 1308 responds with a signal that further requires a user response to confirm that a session is to begin. For example, the person 1306 can initiate a session by motioning an up-down head nod repeatedly for three cycles. The system 1308 receives the corresponding three cycles of up-down nod signals that are interpreted to start a session of that person 1306. In order to ensure that the head nod was not made inadvertently, the system 1308 responds by presenting an image on the first display 1316, and at which the person 1306 must point the wand 1404 to confirm the start of the session. Of course, other signals can be used to confirm session start. For example, the user can look to the ceiling, which orientation of the wand 1404 in a substantially vertical direction is interpreted to confirm the start of a session. Obviously, the number and combination of head movements and/or voice commands that can be employed in the present system are numerous, and can be used in accordance with user preferences.
  • In the system 1402, the transceiver system 1330 can be used for wireless communication for both the wand system 1404 and voice communications system 1328. Thus, the wand link can be of one frequency, and the voice communication link another frequency. The computer system 1308 is configured to accommodate both by proving frequency discrimination and processing so that signal streams can be filtered and processed to extract the corresponding wand and voice signals.
  • Referring now to FIG. 15, there is illustrated a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the person for using the system of FIG. 14. At 1500, the user performs a calibration process that comprises associating a number of head movements and/or voice commands with user commands. This also includes using voice commands singly to control the operation computer system or in combination with the head movements to do so. The calibration process can be performed well in advance of use in the operating room, and updated as the user chooses to change movements and/of voice signals with user commands. At 1502, the person initiates a session with the computer system using one or more user commands. At 1504, the person then inputs one or more of the user commands to control the computing system. At 1506, the person terminates the session using one or more of the user commands. The process then reaches a Stop block.
  • Referring now to FIG. 16, there is illustrated a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the system of FIG. 14. At 1600, the calibration process occurs where the system associates wand device signals and/or voice signals with user commands specified by the person. The calibration process ends. At 1602, the user wand signals are received and processed by the system. At 1604, the system determines if the processed user command(s) indicate that a session is to be started with that user. If NO, flow is back to the input of 1602 to continue to processing received device and voice signals. If YES, flow is to 1606 to identify the user. This can occur by the system processing the received signal and extracting the device tag ID. Prior to use, the tag ID of the wand is programmed for association with a given user. At 1608, the user profile of calibration data is activated for use. Of course, on any given operation, the operating staff are assigned such that the log-in names of the doctors and assistants can be entered prior to beginning the operation. Thus, the user profiles are already activated for processing.
  • At 1610, the device signals are received and processed to determine the tag ID of the device and to process the user command(s) against the associated profile information to enable the related command. At 1612, where a classifier is employed, the classifier tracks, processes, compares, and updates the user profile when wand movements associated with the particular user command are changed within certain criteria. At 1614, the computer system determines if the session has completed. If NO, flow is back to the input of 1610 to continue to process user commands. If YES, flow is to 1616 to terminate the user session. The process then reaches a Stop block. Of course, from 1616, flow can be brought back to the input of 1602 to continue to process signals from other devices or to prepare for another session, which could occur many times during the operating room event.
  • Referring now to FIG. 17, there is illustrated a medical environment 1700 in which a 3-D imaging computer control system 1702 is employed to process hand (or body) gestures in accordance with the present invention. The operation computing system 1308 provides 3-D image recognition and processing capability such that the engagement volume of FIG. 13 and the wand 1404 of FIG. 14 are no longer required. The system 1702 can be augmented with voice commands in a manner similar to that described above; however, this is not needed. Audio-visual co-analysis can be used to improve continuous gesture recognition. Here, the transceiver system 1330 is used only for wireless voice communication, when vocalization is employed. For example, the medical person 1306 can simply use the system 1308 as a dictaphone to record voice signals during the operation.
  • The foregoing system 1702 is used to select an object under computer control in the environment by the computer system 1308 by having the user simply make one or more hand gestures. Of course, this can be done using both hands, which feature will be described in greater detail hereinbelow. This entails the computer system 1308 capturing imaging information about the hand gesture(s), and for each image or series of images received, the computer system 1308 derives the posture, orientation, and location of the hand, pair of hands, or any combination of one or more hands and any other body part (e.g., the head) (hereinafter grouped and denoted generally as “gesture characteristics”, or where specifically related to a hand, as “hand gesture characteristics”, or “hand characteristics”) in relation to a predefined coordinate system of the environment in which the gesture is employed. Gesture analysis involves tracking the user's hand(s) in real-time. Hidden Markov Models (HMMs) can be employed for recognition of continuous gesture kinematics. In addition, the video output from the video cameras 1322 is used to ascertain the gesture characteristics at a time substantially contemporaneous with the generation of the gesture and in terms of the predefined coordinate system. Once the gesture characteristics are processed, they are used to determine whether an object in the environment should be controlled by the computer system 1308. If so, then that object is selected for future control actions. Moreover, stochastic tools such as Kalman filtering can be used to predict the position of the hand or hands in subsequent image frames.
  • Note that an object includes an object or device external to the computer system 1308 and controllable by a wireless and/or wired connection, as well as any internal device or feature that comprises software programs that are used to display images, manipulate data, and move data from one location to another, for example.
  • The process begins by generating a model of the environment. This process includes, but is not limited to, defining what aspects of the environment will be controlled by the computer system 1308, such as lights, lighting level, room temperature, operating room life support machines and other computer controlled machines in the room, and software controls that will be required or desired of the system 1308 before, during, and/or after the procedure. The software controls comprise the gestures required to initiate image paging, image rotation about a vertex, image rotation about an axis, zooming in and out on an image, providing supplementary data (e.g., video and audio) related to an image being presented or manipulated in a certain way, performing x,y translations of the image, stepped rotation, changing user interface coloring to improve visibility of an image, changing image contrast, changing resolution of an image, playing a series of images quickly or slowly (looping speed), freezing and unfreezing a looping image video (of, for example, echocardiography, transverse CT (Computed Tomography) and cryosection images, CT output, and a fly-through of MRI data), initiating repetitive image(s) playback (looping), jumping from the first monitor 1316 to another monitor (1318 or 1320), and adjusting audio controls when listening to audio data (e.g., EKG) during the procedure.
  • The next step is to calibrate the model according to the persons who will be working in the environment and interacting with the system 1308. Unique user profiles can be generated for each person interacting with the system 1308 by employing a tagging system that can discriminate the various users. This can be accomplished in several ways. One method provides a unique RF tag to each user. A triangulation system can be utilized to continually monitor the location of a given user, and associate the location data with the captured image data such that gestures are from that location will be processed against that user profile to properly execute the user command.
  • Another method is to employ several camera sets, where each set is dedicated to a specific user or location in which the user will work. The user could also be clothed in a colored uniform where the combination of color, gesture, and location uniquely identify the command issued by that user to the system 1308. As mentioned hereinabove, the system 1308 can be programmed to invoke a bi-directional confirmation system such that each user gesture is followed by a confirmation request to ensure that the proper user command is issued. Feedback can be provided by displaying the command in large text or outputting the anticipated command in audio to the user, after which the user responds by voice or with another gesture to accept or reject the command.
  • The imaging system 1308 detects gesture object (or hand) depth or distance from the system 1308 to facilitate discriminating between a plurality of gesture sources. The gesture sources can include a single hand, two hands, one hand of two people, etc. RF triangulation techniques can be used to accurately determine the gesture source(s). Thus, the gesture source includes an RF tag. If two hands are being used in gesticulation, then each hand can include a unique RF tag. Other depth determination systems can be employed to accurately discriminate the gesture sources, such as infrared.
  • As with other implementations mention above, the environment needs to be modeled for all objects to be controlled or interacted with, including both hardware and software. The gestures are then defined and associated with the objects. This can further include the use of voice commands, and where the wireless remote device is worn in alignment with the person's line-of-sight, the additional combination of “gaze” signals, where the gaze signals are defined as those wireless device (or wand) signals generated when the person looks in a direction to effect object interaction.
  • The system 1308 can also be configured to determine when the operator is generally facing the system 1308. A facial image can be captured and processed with facial features providing generally the data needed to make such an automatic determination. Another method includes wearing a multi-colored uniformed such that one color is associated with the person facing the system 1308, while another imaged color indicates the person is not facing the system 1308. Still another method employs a reflective surface on the front of the person such that the presence of reflective signals indicates the person is facing the system 1308.
  • The system 1308 is capable of determining when one person programmed to interact therewith has been replaced by another. This causes an automatic change of user profiles to enable the present user's gestures for corresponding user commands and control of the system 1308. Again, this can be facilitated by a color scheme whereby each medical person is uniquely identified in the system 1308 with a unique color. Any sort of tag-identification system could be used, as well. Of course, voice commands can also be used to facilitate personnel replacements in the medical environment.
  • Image processing demands, especially for 3-D imaging, can place an enormous burden on the operating computer system 1038. As mentioned hereinabove, the system 1308 can be distributed across two or more computers as a multi-computer system to supply the processing power for 3-D image processing. The disclosed imaging system software can then be distributed across the multi-computer system for the exchange of data needed for ultimately making decisions for human-machine interaction.
  • The system 1308 can also employ a bi-directional interaction scheme to confirm selection of all gesture, and gesture/voice actions. For example, if the user initiates a user command for starting a session, and the system 1308 responds with a signal that further requires a user response to confirm that a session is to begin. The confirmation respond can be in the form of a duplicate gesture and/or voice command. Obviously, the number and combination of gestures and voice commands that can be employed singly or in combination in accordance with the present system are numerous.
  • The system 1308 also includes audio input capabilities such that not only voice signals can be received and processed, but clicking sounds, pitch-related sounds, etc., and other distinctive audio signals can be employed to further extend the number of inputs for controlling the system 1308. Such alternative inputs can be input through the portable microphone system 1328 worn by at least one medical person in the operating room. Moreover, additional haptics inputs can be employed by providing a suit or vest with various touch or pressure points to augment the number of signals for controlling the system 1308. Thus, the wrist, forearm, and other appendage points can be used to initiate and send signals from the suit through a wireless remote pressure point transmission system, made part of the wireless voice communication system 1328, for example.
  • Referring now to FIG. 18, there is illustrated a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the person for using the system of FIG. 17. At 1800, the user performs a calibration process that comprises associating (or mapping) a number of gestures in the form of hand poses and movements, head movements, and/or voice commands with user commands. This also includes using voice commands singly to control the operation computer system or in combination with the gestures to do so. The calibration process can be performed well in advance of use in the operating room, and updated as the user chooses to change movements and/of voice signals with user commands. At 1802, the person initiates a session with the computer system using one or more gestures. At 1804, the person then inputs one or more of the user commands using gestures to control operation of the computing system. At 1806, the person terminates the session using one or more of the gestures. The process then reaches a Stop block.
  • Referring now to FIG. 19, there is illustrated a flowchart of a process from the perspective of the system of FIG. 17. At 1900, the calibration process occurs for a user where the user presents one or more hands and, hand poses, and orientations to the imaging system for capture and association with a given user command. The system then maps the images to the user command. This occurs for a number of different commands, and completes the calibration phase for that user. At 1902, the user presents one or more gestures that are captured and processed by the system for user commands. At 1904, the system determines if the processed user command(s) indicate that a session is to be started with that user. If NO, flow is back to the input of 1902 to continue to process of receiving and interpreting gestures and/or voice signals. If YES, flow is to 1906 to identify the user. This can be via a triangulation system that determines the location of the source of the gestures. In one implementation, a glove of the medical person includes an RF device, or similar device that is detectable by the system for the purpose of determining the source of the gesture signals. At 1908, the user profile of calibration data is activated for use. Of course, on any given operation, the operating staff are assigned, such that the log-in names of the doctors and assistants can be entered prior to beginning the operation. Thus, the user profiles are already activated for processing.
  • At 1910, the gestures are imaged, received, and processed to execute the corresponding the user command(s). At 1912, where a classifier is employed, the classifier tracks, processes gesture images, compares the images, and updates user gestures characteristics associated with the particular user command. At 1914, the computer system determines if the session has completed. If NO, flow is back to the input of 1910 to continue to process gestures into user commands. If YES, flow is to 1916 to terminate the user session. The process then reaches a Stop block. Of course, from 1916, flow can be brought back to the input of 1902 to continue to process gestures or to prepare for another session, which could occur many times during the operating room event.
  • Referring now to FIG. 20, there is illustrated a medical environment 2000 in which a 3-D imaging computer control system 2002 is employed with the remote control device 1404 to process hand (or body) gestures and control the system 1308 in accordance with the present invention. The imaging and image processing capabilities of the 3-D imaging system 1308 and the head-mounted wand 1404 can be employed in combination to further enhance the hands-free capabilities of the present invention. Moreover, the wireless vocalization system 1328 can further be used to augment control of the system 1308. As indicated previously, the wand electronics can be repackaged for use in many different ways. For example, the packaging can be such that the wireless system is worn on the wrist, elbow, leg, or foot. The system 1308 can be used to image both the gestures of the person 1306 and the orientation of the wand 1404 to provide more accurate human-machine interaction and control. Each of the systems have been described herein, the details of which are not repeated here for the purpose of brevity. Sample gestures, voice commands and gaze signals used in the system 2002 are described hereinbelow.
  • Referring now to FIG. 21A, there is illustrated sample one-handed and two-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention. At 2100, two closed fists (left and right) can be programmed for imaging and interpretation to cause axis control. At 2102, the right hand in a pointing pose can be used in two orientations, a vertical orientation followed by a sideways clockwise rotation, the combination of which can be programmed for imaging and interpretation to tilt a selected axis a predetermined number of degrees, and keep tilting the axis in stepped increments. At 2104, a continuation of the gestures of 2102 in reverse where, the sideways clockwise rotation is reversed to a counterclockwise rotation followed by the vertical orientation, the combination of which can be programmed for imaging and interpretation stop axis tilting, and maintain at the current tilt angle. At 2106, a right-handed two-fingers-raised pose can be used to rotate an image about an existing axis. Note that the image can be x-rays of the patient, MRI (Magnetic Resonance Imaging) frames, etc. At 2108, the thumb and pointing finger pose of the right hand can be used to rotate an image about a vertex point.
  • Referring now to FIG. 21B, there is illustrated additional sample one-handed gestures and sequenced one-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention. At 2110, an open right hand with fingers tightly aligned can be used to initiate a zoom-in feature such that the zoom-in operation continues until the gesture changes. At 2112, a right hand where the thumb and pinky finger are extended can be used to initiate a zoom-out feature such that the zoom-out operation continues until the gesture changes. At 2114, a sequence of right-hand gestures are used to select an image for x,y translation, and then to translate the image up and to the right by a predefined distance or percentage of available viewing space on the display. Here, the right hand is used to provide an open hand plus closed fist plus open hand, and then move the open hand up and to the right a short distance. This can be recognized and interpreted to perform the stated function of axis translation in an associated direction. At 2116, a sideways pointing pose plus a counterclockwise motion is programmed for interpretation to rotate the object in the horizontal plane. At 2118, the same hand pose plus a circular motion in the opposite direction can be programmed to rotate the object in the vertical plane. Note, however, that the hand pose is arbitrary, in that it may be more intuitive to use a hand pose where one or ore of the fingers point upward. Moreover, the gesture, itself is also arbitrary, and is programmable according to the particular desires of the user.
  • Referring now to FIG. 21C, there is illustrated additional sample one-handed gestures that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention. At 2120, a three-finger open with index and thumb touching of the right hand can be used to impose a triaxial grid on a 3-D image. At 2122, a right-handed single pointing-finger pose can be used to select the x-axis; a right-handed two-finger pose can be used to select the y-axis; and, a right-handed three-finger pose can be used to select the z-axis. At 2124, a pinky-finger pose can be used to stop, start and loop videos on the system 1308. It is also possible using various “structure-from-motion” techniques to track arbitrary points on the hand, and over time, deduce the change in 3-D orientation of the object in such a way that the user need not adopt some predefined pose. In this case, however, the user can enter the 3-D rotation mode by another method.
  • At 2126, rotation of the pinky-finger pose in a clockwise direction while facing the system 1308 can be used to control intensity of the monitor, and volume on/off control and amplitude. These are being grouped of brevity, since, for example, the pinky-finger pose and/or rotation can be mapped to any one of the functions described. At 2128, an open hand gesture in a clockwise rotation can be used to rotate an image about an axis according to the speed of movement of the open hand, such that when the hand stops, the axis rotation also stops, and starts when band movement starts.
  • Referring now to FIG. 21D, there is illustrated additional sample one-handed gestures used in combination with voice commands that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention. At 2130, the open hand pose plus a voiced “ZOOM” command can be used to zoom in on a displayed image until the gesture changes or a different command is voiced. At 2132, the thumb and pinky finger extended pose plus a voiced “ZOOM” command can be used to zoom out on a displayed image until the gesture changes, or a different command is voiced. Depth information can also be used e.g., moving closer would trigger a zoom-in function, Alternatively, when zoom is invoked, movement in depth can control the zoom value continuously.
  • At 2134, a left-handed open hand pose in a sideways orientation plus a voiced “MOVE” command can be used to move a selected image to the right until the gesture changes and stops movement. At 2136, a right-handed open hand pose in a sideways orientation plus a voiced “MOVE” command can be used to move a selected image to the left until the gesture changes and stops movement. At 2138, a closed fist in a circular motion in combination with a “LOUD” voice command can be used to turn audio volume on/off, and control the amplitude during the procedure to listen to the patient's EKG, for example.
  • Referring now to FIG. 21E, there is illustrated additional sample one-handed gestures used in combination with voice commands and gaze signals that can be used to control the operation computing system in accordance with the present invention. At 2140, the right-hand open-hand pose in combination with a voiced “ZOOM” command while gazing at an image on a first display of the operation computer system will invoke a zoom-in process on the image of the first display until the gesture is changed. At 2142, the thumb and pinky finger extended of the pose of the right hand is used in combination with a voiced “ZOOM” command while gazing in the direction of an image presented on a second display to control the computer system to zoom out on the image of the second display until the gesture changes. At 2144, a left-handed open hand pose in a sideways orientation in combination with a voiced “MOVE” command while gazing at an image on a first display of the operation computer system will invoke a rightward move operation on the image of the first display until the gesture is changed. At 2146, a right-handed open hand pose in a sideways orientation in combination with a voiced “MOVE” command while gazing at an image on a second display of the operation computer system will invoke a leftward move operation on the image of the second display until the gesture is changed. At 2148, a closer right fist in a circular clockwise motion in combination with a voiced “LOUD” command and a gaze in the direction of a graphical interface of an audio control device on a third display of the computer control system results in volume on/off control and amplitude control.
  • It is to be appreciated that numerous other combinations of hand poses, body gestures, voice commands and gaze orientations can be employed to effect control of the medical operation environment. Only a few samples of the individual and combinatory capabilities are provided herein.
  • The complementary nature of speech and gesture is well established. It has been shown that when naturally gesturing during speech, people will convey different sorts of information than is conveyed by the speech. In more designed settings such as interactive systems, it may also be easier for the user to convey some information with either speech or gesture or a combination of both. For example, suppose the user has selected an object as described previously and that this object is a stereo amplifier controlled via a network connection by the host computer. Existing speech recognition systems would allow a user to control the volume by, for example, saying “up volume” a number of times until the desired volume is reached. However, while such a procedure is possible, it is likely to be more efficient and precise for the user to turn a volume knob on the amplifier. This is where the previously described gesture recognition system can come into play. Rather than having to turn a physical knob on the amplifier, the user would employ the pointer to control the volume by, for example, pointing at the stereo and rolling the pointer clockwise or counterclockwise to respectively turn the volume up or down. The latter procedure can provide the efficiency and accuracy of a physical volume knob, while at the same time providing the convenience of being able to control the volume remotely as in the case of the voice recognition control scheme. This is just one example of a situation where gesturing control is the best choice, there are others. In addition, there are many situations where using voice control would be the best choice. Still further, there are situations where a combination of speech and gesture control would be the most efficient and convenient method. Thus, a combined system that incorporates the previously described gesturing control system and a conventional speech control system would have distinct advantages over either system alone.
  • To this end, as indicated hereinabove, the present invention includes the integration of a conventional speech control system into the gesture control and pointer systems which results in a simple framework for combining the outputs of various modalities such as pointing to target objects and pushing the button on the pointer, pointer gestures, and speech, to arrive at a unified interpretation that instructs a combined environmental control system on an appropriate course of action. This framework decomposes the desired action (e.g., “turn up the volume on the amplifier”) into a command (i.e., “turn up the volume”) and a referent (i.e., “the amplifier”) pair. The referent can be identified using the pointer to select an object in the environment as described previously or using a conventional speech recognition scheme, or both. The command may be specified by pressing the button on the pointer, or by a pointer gesture, or by a speech recognition event, or any combination thereof. Interfaces that allow multiple modes of input are called multimodal interfaces. With this multimodal command/referent representation, it is possible to effect the same action in multiple ways. For example, all the following pointing, speech and gesture actions on the part of the user can be employed in the present control system to turn on a light that is under the control of the host computer:
  • 1. Say “turn on the desk lamp”;
  • 2. Point at the lamp with the pointer and say “turn on”;
  • 3. Point at the lamp with the pointer and perform a “turn on” gesture using the pointer;
  • 4. Say “desk lamp” and perform the “turn on” gesture with the pointer;
  • 5. Say “lamp”, point toward the desk lamp with the pointer rather than other lamps in the environment such as a floor lamp, and perform the “turn on” gesture with the pointer; and
  • 6. Point at the lamp with the pointer and press the pointer's button (assuming the default behavior when the lamp is off and the button is clicked, is to turn the lamp on).
  • By unifying the results of pointing, gesture recognition and speech recognition, the overall system is made more robust. For example, a spurious speech recognition event of “volume up” while pointing at the light is ignored, rather than resulting in the volume of an amplifier being increased, as would happen if a speech control scheme were being used alone. Also, consider the example given above where the user says “lamp” while pointing toward the desk lamp with the pointer rather than other lamps in the environment, and performing the “turn on” gesture with the pointer. In that example, just saying lamp is ambiguous, but pointing at the desired lamp clears up the uncertainty. Thus, by including the strong contextualization provided by the pointer, the speech recognition may be made more robust.
  • The speech recognition system can employ a very simple command and control (CFG) style grammar, with preset utterances for the various electronic components and simple command phrases that apply to the components. The user wears a wireless lapel microphone to relay voice commands to a receiver which is connected to the host computer and which relays the received speech commands to the speech recognition system running on the host computer.
  • While various computational frameworks could be employed, the multimodal integration process employed in the present control system uses a dynamic Bayes network that encodes the various ways that sensor outputs may be combined to identify the intended referent and command, and initiate the proper action.
  • The identity of the referent, the desired command and the appropriate action are all determined by combining the outputs of the speech recognition system, gesture recognition system and pointing analysis processes using a dynamic Bayes network architecture. Bayes networks have a number of advantages that make them appropriate to this task. First, it is easy to break apart and treat separately dependencies that otherwise would be embedded in a very large table over all the variables of interest. Secondly, Bayes networks are adept at handling probabilistic (noisy) inputs. Further, the network represents ambiguity and incomplete information that may be used appropriately by the system. In essence, the Bayes network preserves ambiguities from one time step to the next while waiting for enough information to become available to make a decision as to what referent, command or action is intended. It is even possible for the network to act proactively when not enough information is available to make a decision. For example, if the user doesn't point at the lamp, the system might ask which lamp is meant after the utterance “lamp”.
  • However, the Bayes network architecture is chosen primarily to exploit the redundancy of the user's interaction to increase confidence that the proper action is being implemented. The user may specify commands in a variety of ways, even though the designer specified only objects to be pointed to, utterances to recognize and gestures to recognize (as well as how referents and commands combine to result in action). For example, it is natural for a person to employ deictic (pointing) gestures in conjunction with speech to relay information where the speech is consistent with and reinforces the meaning of the gesture. Thus, the user will often naturally indicate the referent and command applicable to a desired resulting action via both speech and gesturing. This includes most frequently pointing at an object the user wants to affect.
  • The Bayes network architecture also allows the state of various devices to be incorporated to make the interpretation more robust. For example, if the light is already on, the system may be less disposed to interpret a gesture or utterance as a “turn on” gesture or utterance. In terms of the network, the associated probability distribution over the nodes representing the light and its parents, the Action and Referent nodes, are configured so that the only admissible action when the light is on is to turn it off, and likewise when it is off the only action available is to turn it on.
  • Still further, the “dynamic” nature of the dynamic Bayes network can be exploited advantageously. The network is dynamic because it has a mechanism by which it maintains a short-term memory of certain values in its network. It is natural that the referent will not be determined at the exact moment in time as the command. In other words a user will not typically specify the referent by whatever mode (e.g., pointing and/or speech) at the same time he or she relays the desired command using one of the various methods available (e.g., pointer button push, pointer gesture and/or speech). If the referent is identified only to be forgotten in the next instant of time, the association with a command that comes after it will be lost. The dynamic Bayes network models the likelihood of a referent or a command applying to future time steps as a dynamic process. Specifically, this is done via a temporal integration process in which probabilities assigned to referents and commands in the last time step are brought forward to the current time step and are input along with new speech, pointing and gesture inputs to influence the probability distribution computed for the referents and commands in the current time step. In this way, the network tends to hold a memory of a command and referent that decays over time, and it is thus unnecessary to specify the command and referent at exactly the same moment in time. In one example, this propagation occurred four times a second.
  • Note that although a previous description was centered on an operating room environment, the present invention has application in many other environments where data access and presentation is beneficial or even necessary to facilitate a man-machine interface.
  • What has been described above includes examples of the present invention. It is, of course, not possible to describe every conceivable combination of components or methodologies for purposes of describing the present invention, but one of ordinary skill in the art may recognize that many further combinations and permutations of the present invention are possible. Accordingly, the present invention is intended to embrace all such alterations, modifications, and variations that fall within the spirit and scope of the appended claims. Furthermore, to the extent that the term “includes” is used in either the detailed description or the claims, such term is intended to be inclusive in a manner similar to the term “comprising” as “comprising” is interpreted when employed as a transitional word in a claim.

Claims (58)

1. A game apparatus for executing a game process using acceleration data, the acceleration data outputted by an acceleration sensor of an input device, the game apparatus comprising:
a processing system configured to cause:
receiving the acceleration data;
calculating smoothed data based at least in part on the acceleration data and previously calculated smoothed data, the smoothed data representing a value obtained by smoothing an acceleration represented by the acceleration data; and
executing the game process based at least in part on the acceleration data and the smoothed data.
2. The game apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the game process includes:
determining, using the smoothed data, a state of a player object in a game space for determining a first action to be performed by the player object, and
determining, using the acceleration data, a state of the player object for determining a second action to be performed by the player object.
3. The game apparatus according to claim 2, wherein
the state of a player object in the game space for determining the first action includes an attitude of the player object in the game space, and
the state of the player object for determining the second action includes a position of the player object in the game space.
4. The game apparatus according to claim 3, wherein the position of the player object in the game space is based at least in part on a movement distance that is based at least in part on the acceleration data and a moving direction in accordance with the attitude of the player object.
5. The game apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the game process includes:
calculating a difference between a value of the acceleration represented by the acceleration data and the value represented by the smoothed data, and
wherein executing the game process is further based on the difference.
6. The game apparatus according to claim 5, wherein the game process includes:
determining, using the smoothed data, a state of a player object in a game space for determining a first action to be performed by the player object, and
determining, using the difference, a state of the player object for determining a second action to be performed by the player object.
7. The game apparatus according to claim 6, wherein
the state of the player object for determining the first action includes an attitude of the player object in the game space, and
the state of the player object for determining the second action includes a position of the player object in the game space.
8. The game apparatus according to claim 7, wherein the position of the player object in the game space is based at least in part on a movement distance that is based at least in part on the difference and a moving direction in accordance with the attitude of the player object.
9. The game apparatus according to claim 6, wherein the game process includes:
controlling, using the smoothed data, a state of a first player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the first player object, and
controlling, using the difference, a state of a second player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the second player object.
10. The game apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the game process includes:
controlling, using the smoothed data, a state of a first player object appearing in a game space for determining an action to be performed by the first player object, and
controlling, using the acceleration data, a state of a second player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the second player object.
11. The game apparatus according to claim 1, wherein calculating the smoothed data is done each time the acceleration data is received, and wherein the value represented by the smoothed data having been most recently calculated approaches, at a predetermined rate, a value represented by the acceleration data.
12. The game apparatus according to claim wherein the game process includes:
calculating, using the smoothed data, first data corresponding to a tilt of the input device,
calculating, using the acceleration data, second data corresponding to a movement of the input device, and
wherein executing the game process is further based on the first data and the second data.
13. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having stored thereon a game program executed by a computer of a game apparatus for executing a game process using acceleration data which is sequentially outputted by an acceleration sensor of an input device, the game program causing the computer to execute:
sequentially acquiring the acceleration data;
sequentially calculating smoothed data based on a value which is obtained by smoothing an acceleration represented by the acceleration data, the smoothed data additionally being calculated based on a previously acquired value of smoothed data; and
executing the game process using the acceleration data and the smoothed data.
14. The storage medium according to claim 13, wherein the game process includes:
determining, using the smoothed data, a state of a player object in a game space for determining a first action to be performed by the player object, and
determining, using the acceleration data, a state of the player object for determining a second action to be performed by the player object.
15. The storage medium according to claim 14, wherein
a state of a player object in a game space for determining the first action includes an attitude of the player object in the game space, and
a state of the player object for determining the second action includes a position of the player object in the game space.
16. The storage medium according to claim 15, the position of the player object in the game space is based at least in part on the acceleration data and a moving direction in accordance with the attitude of the player object.
17. The storage medium according to claim 13, wherein the game process includes:
calculating a difference between a value of the acceleration represented by the acceleration data and the value represented by the smoothed data, and
executing the game process further using the difference.
18. The storage medium according to claim 17, wherein the game process includes:
determining, using the smoothed data, a state of a player object in a game space for determining a first action to be performed by the player object, and
determining, using the difference, a state of the player object for determining a second action to be performed by the player object.
19. The storage medium according to claim 18, wherein
a state of a player object in a game space for determining the first action includes an attitude of the player object in the game space, and
a state of a player object in a game space for determining the second action includes a position of the player object in the game space.
20. The storage medium according to claim 19, wherein the position of the player object in the game space is based at least in part on a movement distance based on the difference and a moving direction in accordance with the attitude of the player object.
21. The storage medium according to claim 17, wherein the game process includes:
controlling, using the smoothed data, a state of a first player object appearing in a game space for determining an action to be performed by the first player object, and
controlling, using the difference, a state of a second player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the second player object.
22. The storage medium according to claim 13, wherein the game process includes:
controlling, using the smoothed data, a state of a first player object appearing in a game space for determining an action to be performed by the first player object, and
controlling, using the acceleration data, a state of a second player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the second player object.
23. The storage medium according to claim 13, wherein the game process includes:
sequentially calculating smoothed data each time the acceleration data is acquired, and
calculating the smoothed data further includes performing a calculation by which the value represented by the smoothed data having been most recently calculated approaches, at a predetermined rate, a value represented by the acceleration data.
24. The storage medium according to claim 13, wherein the game process includes:
calculating, using the smoothed data first data corresponding to a tilt of the input device including the acceleration sensor,
calculating, using the acceleration data, second data corresponding to a movement of the input device, and
executing the game process further using the first data and the second data.
25. A game computing device for executing a game process using accelerometer values, the accelerometer values output by an accelerometer of a pointing device, the game computing device comprising:
a computer system configured for:
receiving the accelerometer values;
computing normalized accelerometer values based at least in part on the accelerometer values and previously computed normalized accelerometer values; and
executing the game process based at least in part on the accelerometer values and the normalized accelerometer values.
26. The game computing device according to claim 25, wherein the game processor provides for:
determining, using the normalized accelerometer values, a characteristic of an object in a game space for determining a first action to be performed by the object, and
determining, using the accelerometer values, a characteristic of the object for determining a second action to be performed by the object.
27. The game computing device according to claim 26, wherein
the characteristic of the object in the game space for determining the first action includes an angle of the object in the game space, and
the characteristic of the object in the game space for determining the second action includes a position of the object in the game space.
28. The game computing device according to claim 27, wherein the position of the object in the game space is based at least in part on a movement distance that is based at least in part on the accelerometer values and a moving direction in accordance with the angle of the object.
29. The game computing device according to claim 25, wherein the game processor provides for:
calculating a difference between a value of the acceleration represented by the accelerometer values and the value represented by the normalized accelerometer values, and
wherein executing the game process is further based on the difference.
30. The game computing device according to claim 29, wherein the game processor provides for:
determining, using the normalized accelerometer values, a characteristic of an object in a game space for determining a first action to be performed by the object, and
determining, using the difference, a characteristic of the object for determining a second action to be performed by the object.
31. The game computing device according to claim 30, wherein
the characteristic of the object in the game space for determining the first action includes an angle of the object in the game space, and
the characteristic of the object in the game space for determining the second action includes a position of the object in the game space.
32. The game computing device according to claim 31, wherein the position of the object in the game space is based at least in part on a movement distance that is based at least in part on the difference and a moving direction in accordance with the angle of the object.
33. The game computing device according to claim 30, wherein the game processor provides for:
controlling, using the normalized accelerometer values, a characteristic of a first player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the first player object, and
controlling, using the difference, a characteristic of a second player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the second player object.
34. The game computing device according to claim 25, wherein the game processor provides for:
controlling, using the normalized accelerometer values, a characteristic of a first player object appearing in a game space for determining an action to be performed by the first player object, and
controlling, using the accelerometer values, a characteristic of a second player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the second player object.
35. The game computing device according to claim 25, wherein computing the normalized accelerometer values is done each time the accelerometer values are received, and wherein the value represented by the normalized accelerometer values having been most recently calculated approaches, at a predetermined rate, a value represented by the accelerometer values.
36. The game computing device according to claim 25, wherein the game processor provides for:
calculating, using the normalized accelerometer values, first data corresponding to a tilt of the pointing device,
calculating, using the accelerometer values, second data corresponding to a movement of the pointing device, and
executing the game process using the first data and the second data.
37. A computer-readable storage medium having stored thereon a game program executed by a computer of a game computing device for executing a game process using accelerometer values which are sequentially output by an accelerometer of a pointing device, the game program causing the computer to execute:
sequentially acquiring the accelerometer values;
sequentially computing normalized accelerometer values, the normalized accelerometer values additionally being computed based on a previously normalized accelerometer value; and
executing the game process using the accelerometer values and hie normalized accelerometer values.
38. The storage medium according to claim 37, wherein the game process includes:
determining, using the normalized accelerometer values, a characteristic of an object in a game space for determining a first action to be performed by the object, and
determining, using the accelerometer values, a characteristic of the object for determining a second action to be performed by the object.
39. The storage medium according to claim 38, wherein
the characteristic of the object in the game space for determining the first action includes an angle of the object in the game space, and
the characteristic of the object in the game space for determining the second action includes a position of the object in the game space.
40. The storage medium according to claim 39, wherein the position of the object in the game space is based at least in part on the accelerometer values and a moving direction in accordance with the angle of the object.
41. The storage medium according to claim 37, wherein the game process includes:
calculating a difference between a value of the acceleration represented by the accelerometer values and the value represented by the normalized accelerometer values, and
executing the game process further using the difference.
42. The storage medium according to claim 41, wherein the game process includes:
determining, using the normalized accelerometer values, a characteristic of an object in a game space for determining a first action to be performed by the object, and
determining, using the difference, a characteristic of the object for determining a second action to be performed by the object.
43. The storage medium according to claim 42, wherein
the characteristic of the object in the game space for determining the first action includes an angle of the object in the game space, and
the characteristic of the object in the game space for determining the first action includes a position of the object in the game space.
44. The storage medium according to claim 43, wherein the position of the object in the game space is based at least in part on a movement distance based on the difference and a moving direction in accordance with the angle of the object.
45. The storage medium according to claim 41, wherein the game process includes:
controlling, using the normalized accelerometer values, a characteristic of a first player object appearing in a game space for determining an action to be performed by the first player object, and
controlling, using the difference, a characteristic of a second player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the second player object.
46. The storage medium according to claim 37, wherein the game process includes:
controlling, using the normalized accelerometer values, a characteristic of a first player object appearing in a game space for determining an action to be performed by the first player object, and
controlling, using the accelerometer values, a characteristic of a second player object appearing in the game space for determining an action to be performed by the second player object.
47. The storage medium according to claim 37, wherein the game process includes:
sequentially computing normalized accelerometer values each time the accelerometer values are acquired, and
calculating the normalized accelerometer values further includes performing a calculation by which the value represented by the normalized accelerometer values having been most recently calculated approaches, at a predetermined rate, a value represented by the accelerometer values.
48. The storage medium according to claim 37, wherein the game process includes:
calculating, using the normalized accelerometer values, first data corresponding to a tilt of the pointing device including the acceleration sensor,
calculating, using the accelerometer values, second data corresponding to a movement of the pointing device, and
executing the game process further using the first data and the second data.
49. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium having stored thereon a game program executed by a computer of a game apparatus for executing a game process using acceleration data which is sequentially outputted by an acceleration sensor of an input device, the game program causing the computer to execute:
sequentially acquiring the acceleration data;
sequentially calculating smoothed data based on a value which is obtained by smoothing an acceleration represented by the acceleration data, the smoothed data additionally based on at least two previously acquired acceleration data; and
executing the game process using the acceleration data and the smoothed data.
50. A game apparatus for executing a game process using acceleration data, the acceleration data outputted by an acceleration sensor of an input device, the game apparatus comprising:
a processing system configured to cause:
receiving the acceleration data;
calculating smoothed data based on at least two previous received acceleration data, the smoothed data representing a value obtained by smoothing an acceleration represented by the acceleration data; and
executing the game process based at least in part on the acceleration data and the smoothed data.
51. A game apparatus for executing a game process using acceleration data, the acceleration data outputted by an acceleration sensor of an input device, the game apparatus comprising:
a processing system configured to:
receive unsmoothed acceleration data output by the acceleration sensor;
calculate smoothed data representing a value which is obtained by smoothing an acceleration represented by the unsmoothed acceleration data;
calculate tilt data from the smoothed data;
calculate movement data from the unsmoothed acceleration data; and
execute the game process using the smoothed data and the unsmoothed acceleration data, the game process using the tilt data and the movement data to perform first and second game actions of the game process, respectively, the first game action being different from the second game action.
52. The game apparatus according to claim 50, wherein the processing system is further configured to calculate the smoothed data based on previously calculated smoothed data and the received acceleration data.
53. The game apparatus according to claim 50, wherein the processing system is further configured to calculate the smoothed data based on at least two previous received acceleration data.
54. A computer-readable storage medium having stored thereon a game program executed by a computer of a game computing device for executing a game process using acceleration values which are sequentially output by an accelerometer of a pointing device, the game program causing the computer to execute:
sequentially acquiring the acceleration values;
sequentially computing normalized accelerometer values, the normalized accelerometer values additionally based on at least two previously acquired accelerometer values; and
executing the game process using the accelerometer values and the normalized accelerometer values.
55. A game computing device for executing a game process using accelerometer values, the accelerometer values output by an accelerometer of a pointing device, the game computing device comprising:
a computer system configured for:
receiving the accelerometer values;
computing normalized accelerometer values based on at least two previously received accelerometer values; and
executing the game process based at least in part on the acceleration data and the normalized accelerometer values.
56. A game computing device for executing a game process using accelerometer values, the accelerometer values output by an accelerometer of a pointing device, the game computing device comprising:
a computer system configured to:
receive accelerometer values output by the accelerometer;
compute normalized accelerometer values;
calculate tilt data from the normalized accelerometer values;
calculate movement data from the accelerometer values; and
execute the game process using the normalized accelerometer values and the accelerometer values, the game process using the tilt data and the movement data to perform first and second game actions of the game process, the first game action being different from the second game action.
57. The game computing device according to claim 55, wherein the computer system is further configured to compute the normalized accelerometer values data based on previously computed normalized accelerometer values and the accelerometer values.
58. The game computing device according to claim 55, wherein the computer system is further configured to compute the normalized accelerometer values based on at least two previous received accelerometer values.
US13/919,995 2003-03-25 2013-06-17 System and method for executing a game process Abandoned US20130324248A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US13/919,995 US20130324248A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2013-06-17 System and method for executing a game process
US14/803,949 US10551930B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2015-07-20 System and method for executing a process using accelerometer signals

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US10/396,653 US7665041B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2003-03-25 Architecture for controlling a computer using hand gestures
US10/724,950 US8745541B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2003-12-01 Architecture for controlling a computer using hand gestures
US12/289,099 US20130190089A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2008-10-20 System and method for execution a game process
US12/457,656 US20100138798A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2009-06-17 System and method for executing a game process
US13/919,995 US20130324248A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2013-06-17 System and method for executing a game process

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/457,656 Continuation US20100138798A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2009-06-17 System and method for executing a game process

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/803,949 Continuation US10551930B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2015-07-20 System and method for executing a process using accelerometer signals

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20130324248A1 true US20130324248A1 (en) 2013-12-05

Family

ID=46300426

Family Applications (6)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/724,950 Expired - Fee Related US8745541B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2003-12-01 Architecture for controlling a computer using hand gestures
US12/289,099 Abandoned US20130190089A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2008-10-20 System and method for execution a game process
US12/457,656 Abandoned US20100138798A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2009-06-17 System and method for executing a game process
US12/495,105 Abandoned US20100151946A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2009-06-30 System and method for executing a game process
US13/919,995 Abandoned US20130324248A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2013-06-17 System and method for executing a game process
US14/803,949 Expired - Fee Related US10551930B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2015-07-20 System and method for executing a process using accelerometer signals

Family Applications Before (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US10/724,950 Expired - Fee Related US8745541B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2003-12-01 Architecture for controlling a computer using hand gestures
US12/289,099 Abandoned US20130190089A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2008-10-20 System and method for execution a game process
US12/457,656 Abandoned US20100138798A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2009-06-17 System and method for executing a game process
US12/495,105 Abandoned US20100151946A1 (en) 2003-03-25 2009-06-30 System and method for executing a game process

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/803,949 Expired - Fee Related US10551930B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2015-07-20 System and method for executing a process using accelerometer signals

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (6) US8745541B2 (en)

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100151946A1 (en) * 2003-03-25 2010-06-17 Wilson Andrew D System and method for executing a game process
US20150015480A1 (en) * 2012-12-13 2015-01-15 Jeremy Burr Gesture pre-processing of video stream using a markered region
US9141443B2 (en) * 2013-01-07 2015-09-22 General Electric Company Method and system for integrating visual controls with legacy applications
JP2016024690A (en) * 2014-07-22 2016-02-08 Necパーソナルコンピュータ株式会社 Movement recognition device, movement recognition method and program
US9363640B2 (en) 2014-08-05 2016-06-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic system with transformable mode mechanism and method of operation thereof
US9596643B2 (en) 2011-12-16 2017-03-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Providing a user interface experience based on inferred vehicle state
US10359858B2 (en) * 2016-09-07 2019-07-23 Disney Enterprises, Inc. Systems and methods for simulating sounds of a virtual object using procedural audio
CN111643123A (en) * 2020-05-26 2020-09-11 清华大学 Automatic sampling device of pharynx swab
US11120254B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2021-09-14 Beijing Sensetime Technology Development Co., Ltd. Methods and apparatuses for determining hand three-dimensional data

Families Citing this family (745)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8352400B2 (en) 1991-12-23 2013-01-08 Hoffberg Steven M Adaptive pattern recognition based controller apparatus and method and human-factored interface therefore
US7840912B2 (en) * 2006-01-30 2010-11-23 Apple Inc. Multi-touch gesture dictionary
US20070177804A1 (en) * 2006-01-30 2007-08-02 Apple Computer, Inc. Multi-touch gesture dictionary
US7904187B2 (en) 1999-02-01 2011-03-08 Hoffberg Steven M Internet appliance system and method
US7749089B1 (en) 1999-02-26 2010-07-06 Creative Kingdoms, Llc Multi-media interactive play system
US7878905B2 (en) 2000-02-22 2011-02-01 Creative Kingdoms, Llc Multi-layered interactive play experience
US7445550B2 (en) 2000-02-22 2008-11-04 Creative Kingdoms, Llc Magical wand and interactive play experience
US6761637B2 (en) 2000-02-22 2004-07-13 Creative Kingdoms, Llc Method of game play using RFID tracking device
US7066781B2 (en) 2000-10-20 2006-06-27 Denise Chapman Weston Children's toy with wireless tag/transponder
US6990639B2 (en) 2002-02-07 2006-01-24 Microsoft Corporation System and process for controlling electronic components in a ubiquitous computing environment using multimodal integration
US20070066396A1 (en) 2002-04-05 2007-03-22 Denise Chapman Weston Retail methods for providing an interactive product to a consumer
US6967566B2 (en) 2002-04-05 2005-11-22 Creative Kingdoms, Llc Live-action interactive adventure game
US7674184B2 (en) 2002-08-01 2010-03-09 Creative Kingdoms, Llc Interactive water attraction and quest game
US7815507B2 (en) * 2004-06-18 2010-10-19 Igt Game machine user interface using a non-contact eye motion recognition device
US8460103B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2013-06-11 Igt Gesture controlled casino gaming system
US20050198933A1 (en) * 2004-03-15 2005-09-15 Klein John A. Deck for mowers
US9446319B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2016-09-20 Mq Gaming, Llc Interactive gaming toy
US7665041B2 (en) * 2003-03-25 2010-02-16 Microsoft Corporation Architecture for controlling a computer using hand gestures
US9182937B2 (en) 2010-10-01 2015-11-10 Z124 Desktop reveal by moving a logical display stack with gestures
US7372977B2 (en) * 2003-05-29 2008-05-13 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Visual tracking using depth data
EP3190546A3 (en) * 2003-06-12 2017-10-04 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Target orientation estimation using depth sensing
JP4167954B2 (en) * 2003-09-02 2008-10-22 ファナック株式会社 Robot and robot moving method
WO2005031552A2 (en) * 2003-09-30 2005-04-07 Koninklijke Philips Electronics, N.V. Gesture to define location, size, and/or content of content window on a display
US7489299B2 (en) * 2003-10-23 2009-02-10 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. User interface devices and methods employing accelerometers
FI117308B (en) * 2004-02-06 2006-08-31 Nokia Corp gesture Control
US8094927B2 (en) * 2004-02-27 2012-01-10 Eastman Kodak Company Stereoscopic display system with flexible rendering of disparity map according to the stereoscopic fusing capability of the observer
JP4677245B2 (en) * 2004-03-03 2011-04-27 キヤノン株式会社 Image display method, program, image display apparatus, and image display system
US8645569B2 (en) * 2004-03-12 2014-02-04 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Juxtaposition based machine addressing
US7548833B2 (en) * 2004-03-25 2009-06-16 Siemens Building Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for graphical display of a condition in a building system with a mobile display unit
DE202005022038U1 (en) * 2004-04-30 2012-07-12 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Free space pointing devices with slope compensation and improved usability
WO2005109847A2 (en) * 2004-04-30 2005-11-17 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Methods and devices for identifying users based on tremor
US8629836B2 (en) 2004-04-30 2014-01-14 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. 3D pointing devices with orientation compensation and improved usability
WO2005109215A2 (en) * 2004-04-30 2005-11-17 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Methods and devices for removing unintentional movement in free space pointing devices
JP2007535773A (en) 2004-04-30 2007-12-06 ヒルクレスト・ラボラトリーズ・インコーポレイテッド Free space pointing device and pointing method
US7308112B2 (en) * 2004-05-14 2007-12-11 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Sign based human-machine interaction
US8214012B2 (en) * 2004-06-17 2012-07-03 Psychology Software Tools, Inc. Magnetic resonance imaging having patient video, microphone and motion tracking
US8684839B2 (en) 2004-06-18 2014-04-01 Igt Control of wager-based game using gesture recognition
US7649524B2 (en) * 2004-07-15 2010-01-19 N-Trig Ltd. Tracking window for a digitizer system
WO2006006173A2 (en) * 2004-07-15 2006-01-19 N-Trig Ltd. Automatic switching for a dual mode digitizer
JP2006041884A (en) * 2004-07-27 2006-02-09 Sony Corp Information processing apparatus and method therefor, recording medium and program
EP1789928A4 (en) 2004-07-30 2011-03-16 Extreme Reality Ltd A system and method for 3d space-dimension based image processing
US8681100B2 (en) 2004-07-30 2014-03-25 Extreme Realty Ltd. Apparatus system and method for human-machine-interface
US8872899B2 (en) * 2004-07-30 2014-10-28 Extreme Reality Ltd. Method circuit and system for human to machine interfacing by hand gestures
US20060036947A1 (en) * 2004-08-10 2006-02-16 Jelley Kevin W User interface controller method and apparatus for a handheld electronic device
US7942744B2 (en) 2004-08-19 2011-05-17 Igt Virtual input system
US7704135B2 (en) * 2004-08-23 2010-04-27 Harrison Jr Shelton E Integrated game system, method, and device
US7761814B2 (en) * 2004-09-13 2010-07-20 Microsoft Corporation Flick gesture
EP1805582B1 (en) * 2004-10-06 2012-08-08 Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft zur Förderung der angewandten Forschung e.V. Device for extracting data by hand movement
US8473869B2 (en) * 2004-11-16 2013-06-25 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Touchless manipulation of images for regional enhancement
US8137195B2 (en) 2004-11-23 2012-03-20 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Semantic gaming and application transformation
JP3833228B2 (en) * 2004-12-01 2006-10-11 任天堂株式会社 GAME DEVICE AND GAME PROGRAM
US20060125920A1 (en) * 2004-12-10 2006-06-15 Microsoft Corporation Matching un-synchronized image portions
KR20060070280A (en) * 2004-12-20 2006-06-23 한국전자통신연구원 Apparatus and its method of user interface using hand gesture recognition
WO2006074290A2 (en) * 2005-01-07 2006-07-13 Gesturetek, Inc. Optical flow based tilt sensor
CN101198964A (en) 2005-01-07 2008-06-11 格斯图尔泰克股份有限公司 Creating 3D images of objects by illuminating with infrared patterns
JP4689684B2 (en) 2005-01-21 2011-05-25 ジェスチャー テック,インコーポレイテッド Tracking based on movement
US20150070319A1 (en) * 2013-09-09 2015-03-12 Timothy R. Pryor Human interfaces for homes, medical devices and vehicles
US7598942B2 (en) * 2005-02-08 2009-10-06 Oblong Industries, Inc. System and method for gesture based control system
US20060184993A1 (en) * 2005-02-15 2006-08-17 Goldthwaite Flora P Method and system for collecting and using data
KR100687737B1 (en) * 2005-03-19 2007-02-27 한국전자통신연구원 Apparatus and method for a virtual mouse based on two-hands gesture
KR100594136B1 (en) * 2005-03-28 2006-06-28 삼성전자주식회사 Method for judging parking of hard disk drive in wireless terminal
US7577925B2 (en) 2005-04-08 2009-08-18 Microsoft Corporation Processing for distinguishing pen gestures and dynamic self-calibration of pen-based computing systems
CN103257684B (en) 2005-05-17 2017-06-09 高通股份有限公司 The signal output method and device of orientation-sensitive
US20060267927A1 (en) * 2005-05-27 2006-11-30 Crenshaw James E User interface controller method and apparatus for a handheld electronic device
US20070018966A1 (en) * 2005-07-25 2007-01-25 Blythe Michael M Predicted object location
GB0515796D0 (en) * 2005-07-30 2005-09-07 Mccarthy Peter A motion capture and identification device
US8313379B2 (en) 2005-08-22 2012-11-20 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Video game system with wireless modular handheld controller
US7942745B2 (en) 2005-08-22 2011-05-17 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game operating device
US7927216B2 (en) 2005-09-15 2011-04-19 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Video game system with wireless modular handheld controller
JP4805633B2 (en) 2005-08-22 2011-11-02 任天堂株式会社 Game operation device
JP4262726B2 (en) 2005-08-24 2009-05-13 任天堂株式会社 Game controller and game system
US8870655B2 (en) 2005-08-24 2014-10-28 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Wireless game controllers
US8308563B2 (en) 2005-08-30 2012-11-13 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game system and storage medium having game program stored thereon
US8677377B2 (en) 2005-09-08 2014-03-18 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for building an intelligent automated assistant
US8157651B2 (en) 2005-09-12 2012-04-17 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Information processing program
US8825482B2 (en) 2005-09-15 2014-09-02 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Audio, video, simulation, and user interface paradigms
US20070064004A1 (en) * 2005-09-21 2007-03-22 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Moving a graphic element
US7697827B2 (en) 2005-10-17 2010-04-13 Konicek Jeffrey C User-friendlier interfaces for a camera
US9046962B2 (en) 2005-10-31 2015-06-02 Extreme Reality Ltd. Methods, systems, apparatuses, circuits and associated computer executable code for detecting motion, position and/or orientation of objects within a defined spatial region
US20070285554A1 (en) 2005-10-31 2007-12-13 Dor Givon Apparatus method and system for imaging
US9141254B2 (en) * 2005-11-12 2015-09-22 Orthosensor Inc Navigation system and user interface for directing a control action
US20070113207A1 (en) * 2005-11-16 2007-05-17 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Methods and systems for gesture classification in 3D pointing devices
US7391338B2 (en) * 2005-12-21 2008-06-24 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and method using a sensor to detect improper orientation of an object
US8467904B2 (en) * 2005-12-22 2013-06-18 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Reconstruction, retargetting, tracking, and estimation of pose of articulated systems
US8531396B2 (en) 2006-02-08 2013-09-10 Oblong Industries, Inc. Control system for navigating a principal dimension of a data space
US8370383B2 (en) 2006-02-08 2013-02-05 Oblong Industries, Inc. Multi-process interactive systems and methods
US9823747B2 (en) 2006-02-08 2017-11-21 Oblong Industries, Inc. Spatial, multi-modal control device for use with spatial operating system
US8537111B2 (en) 2006-02-08 2013-09-17 Oblong Industries, Inc. Control system for navigating a principal dimension of a data space
US9910497B2 (en) 2006-02-08 2018-03-06 Oblong Industries, Inc. Gestural control of autonomous and semi-autonomous systems
US8537112B2 (en) * 2006-02-08 2013-09-17 Oblong Industries, Inc. Control system for navigating a principal dimension of a data space
US9075441B2 (en) * 2006-02-08 2015-07-07 Oblong Industries, Inc. Gesture based control using three-dimensional information extracted over an extended depth of field
US20140035805A1 (en) * 2009-04-02 2014-02-06 David MINNEN Spatial operating environment (soe) with markerless gestural control
JP4530419B2 (en) 2006-03-09 2010-08-25 任天堂株式会社 Coordinate calculation apparatus and coordinate calculation program
JP4151982B2 (en) 2006-03-10 2008-09-17 任天堂株式会社 Motion discrimination device and motion discrimination program
JP4684147B2 (en) 2006-03-28 2011-05-18 任天堂株式会社 Inclination calculation device, inclination calculation program, game device, and game program
US8296684B2 (en) 2008-05-23 2012-10-23 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Navigating among activities in a computing device
US8683362B2 (en) 2008-05-23 2014-03-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Card metaphor for activities in a computing device
US8924021B2 (en) * 2006-04-27 2014-12-30 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Control of robots from human motion descriptors
EP2460570B1 (en) * 2006-05-04 2013-10-23 Sony Computer Entertainment America LLC Scheme for Detecting and Tracking User Manipulation of a Game Controller Body and for Translating Movements Thereof into Inputs and Game Commands
US7721207B2 (en) * 2006-05-31 2010-05-18 Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications Ab Camera based control
US9696808B2 (en) * 2006-07-13 2017-07-04 Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation Hand-gesture recognition method
US8180114B2 (en) * 2006-07-13 2012-05-15 Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation Gesture recognition interface system with vertical display
US8972902B2 (en) * 2008-08-22 2015-03-03 Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation Compound gesture recognition
US8589824B2 (en) * 2006-07-13 2013-11-19 Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation Gesture recognition interface system
US7702608B1 (en) * 2006-07-14 2010-04-20 Ailive, Inc. Generating motion recognizers for arbitrary motions for video games and tuning the motion recognizers to the end user
US8234578B2 (en) * 2006-07-25 2012-07-31 Northrop Grumman Systems Corporatiom Networked gesture collaboration system
US8432448B2 (en) * 2006-08-10 2013-04-30 Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation Stereo camera intrusion detection system
US20080096643A1 (en) * 2006-08-10 2008-04-24 Shalini Venkatesh System and method for using image analysis of user interface signals for program control
US9318108B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2016-04-19 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US7698002B2 (en) * 2006-09-29 2010-04-13 Nellcor Puritan Bennett Llc Systems and methods for user interface and identification in a medical device
US8005257B2 (en) * 2006-10-05 2011-08-23 The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Navy Gesture recognition apparatus and method
DE102006051447A1 (en) * 2006-10-31 2008-05-08 Siemens Ag Method and system for generating a user interface
JP5132131B2 (en) * 2006-11-17 2013-01-30 任天堂株式会社 Pointing device adjustment program and pointing device
US7970188B2 (en) * 2006-11-22 2011-06-28 General Electric Company Systems and methods for automatic routing and prioritization of exams based on image classification
JP2008146243A (en) * 2006-12-07 2008-06-26 Toshiba Corp Information processor, information processing method and program
US20080140397A1 (en) * 2006-12-07 2008-06-12 Jonathan Travis Millman Sequencing for location determination
WO2008083205A2 (en) 2006-12-29 2008-07-10 Gesturetek, Inc. Manipulation of virtual objects using enhanced interactive system
US9311528B2 (en) 2007-01-03 2016-04-12 Apple Inc. Gesture learning
JP5127242B2 (en) 2007-01-19 2013-01-23 任天堂株式会社 Acceleration data processing program and game program
US9486703B2 (en) * 2007-01-31 2016-11-08 Broadcom Corporation Mobile communication device with game application for use in conjunction with a remote mobile communication device and methods for use therewith
DE102007016408A1 (en) * 2007-03-26 2008-10-02 Ident Technology Ag Mobile communication device and input device therefor
EP2150893A4 (en) 2007-04-24 2012-08-22 Oblong Ind Inc Proteins, pools, and slawx in processing environments
GB0709134D0 (en) * 2007-05-11 2007-06-20 Surman Philip Multi-user autostereoscopic Display
US8855719B2 (en) 2009-05-08 2014-10-07 Kopin Corporation Wireless hands-free computing headset with detachable accessories controllable by motion, body gesture and/or vocal commands
US8103109B2 (en) * 2007-06-19 2012-01-24 Microsoft Corporation Recognizing hand poses and/or object classes
US10806519B2 (en) * 2007-06-22 2020-10-20 Orthosoft Ulc Computer-assisted surgery system with user interface tool used as mouse in sterile surgery environment
FR2917931A1 (en) * 2007-06-22 2008-12-26 France Telecom METHOD AND SYSTEM FOR CONNECTING PEOPLE IN A TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM.
US7860676B2 (en) 2007-06-28 2010-12-28 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Real-time dynamic tracking of bias
CA2591808A1 (en) * 2007-07-11 2009-01-11 Hsien-Hsiang Chiu Intelligent object tracking and gestures sensing input device
EP2017756A1 (en) * 2007-07-20 2009-01-21 BrainLAB AG Method for displaying and/or processing or manipulating image data for medical purposes with gesture recognition
EP2031531A3 (en) * 2007-07-20 2009-04-29 BrainLAB AG Integrated medical technical display system
US8565535B2 (en) * 2007-08-20 2013-10-22 Qualcomm Incorporated Rejecting out-of-vocabulary words
US9261979B2 (en) * 2007-08-20 2016-02-16 Qualcomm Incorporated Gesture-based mobile interaction
US8230367B2 (en) * 2007-09-14 2012-07-24 Intellectual Ventures Holding 67 Llc Gesture-based user interactions with status indicators for acceptable inputs in volumetric zones
JP4569613B2 (en) * 2007-09-19 2010-10-27 ソニー株式会社 Image processing apparatus, image processing method, and program
CA2702079C (en) * 2007-10-08 2015-05-05 The Regents Of The University Of California Voice-controlled clinical information dashboard
US20090100383A1 (en) * 2007-10-16 2009-04-16 Microsoft Corporation Predictive gesturing in graphical user interface
WO2009051665A1 (en) * 2007-10-16 2009-04-23 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Fast and smooth scrolling of user interfaces operating on thin clients
US8170287B2 (en) * 2007-10-26 2012-05-01 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Real-time self collision and obstacle avoidance
US8005263B2 (en) * 2007-10-26 2011-08-23 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Hand sign recognition using label assignment
US10146320B2 (en) 2007-10-29 2018-12-04 The Boeing Company Aircraft having gesture-based control for an onboard passenger service unit
US20090109036A1 (en) * 2007-10-29 2009-04-30 The Boeing Company System and Method for Alternative Communication
US8139110B2 (en) * 2007-11-01 2012-03-20 Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation Calibration of a gesture recognition interface system
WO2009058693A1 (en) * 2007-11-01 2009-05-07 Honda Motors Co., Ltd. Real-time self collision and obstacle avoidance using weighting matrix
US9377874B2 (en) * 2007-11-02 2016-06-28 Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation Gesture recognition light and video image projector
US8159682B2 (en) 2007-11-12 2012-04-17 Intellectual Ventures Holding 67 Llc Lens system
US8515052B2 (en) 2007-12-17 2013-08-20 Wai Wu Parallel signal processing system and method
CN101465961B (en) * 2007-12-19 2013-10-30 神基科技股份有限公司 Photographic device and method capable of controlling shutter through characteristic image identification
US10002189B2 (en) 2007-12-20 2018-06-19 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for searching using an active ontology
US9098766B2 (en) * 2007-12-21 2015-08-04 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Controlled human pose estimation from depth image streams
US9330720B2 (en) 2008-01-03 2016-05-03 Apple Inc. Methods and apparatus for altering audio output signals
US8413075B2 (en) * 2008-01-04 2013-04-02 Apple Inc. Gesture movies
WO2009120984A1 (en) 2008-03-28 2009-10-01 Kopin Corporation Handheld wireless display device having high-resolution display suitable for use as a mobile internet device
US9035876B2 (en) 2008-01-14 2015-05-19 Apple Inc. Three-dimensional user interface session control
US8933876B2 (en) 2010-12-13 2015-01-13 Apple Inc. Three dimensional user interface session control
US20090185080A1 (en) * 2008-01-18 2009-07-23 Imu Solutions, Inc. Controlling an electronic device by changing an angular orientation of a remote wireless-controller
US8195220B2 (en) * 2008-02-01 2012-06-05 Lg Electronics Inc. User interface for mobile devices
US8423076B2 (en) * 2008-02-01 2013-04-16 Lg Electronics Inc. User interface for a mobile device
US8259163B2 (en) 2008-03-07 2012-09-04 Intellectual Ventures Holding 67 Llc Display with built in 3D sensing
US9513718B2 (en) * 2008-03-19 2016-12-06 Computime, Ltd. User action remote control
US8996376B2 (en) 2008-04-05 2015-03-31 Apple Inc. Intelligent text-to-speech conversion
WO2009145854A1 (en) * 2008-04-15 2009-12-03 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Tracking determination based on intensity angular gradient of a wave
US8723795B2 (en) 2008-04-24 2014-05-13 Oblong Industries, Inc. Detecting, representing, and interpreting three-space input: gestural continuum subsuming freespace, proximal, and surface-contact modes
US9740922B2 (en) 2008-04-24 2017-08-22 Oblong Industries, Inc. Adaptive tracking system for spatial input devices
US10642364B2 (en) 2009-04-02 2020-05-05 Oblong Industries, Inc. Processing tracking and recognition data in gestural recognition systems
US9495013B2 (en) 2008-04-24 2016-11-15 Oblong Industries, Inc. Multi-modal gestural interface
US9684380B2 (en) * 2009-04-02 2017-06-20 Oblong Industries, Inc. Operating environment with gestural control and multiple client devices, displays, and users
US9952673B2 (en) 2009-04-02 2018-04-24 Oblong Industries, Inc. Operating environment comprising multiple client devices, multiple displays, multiple users, and gestural control
US9740293B2 (en) * 2009-04-02 2017-08-22 Oblong Industries, Inc. Operating environment with gestural control and multiple client devices, displays, and users
US8405727B2 (en) * 2008-05-01 2013-03-26 Apple Inc. Apparatus and method for calibrating image capture devices
US10496753B2 (en) * 2010-01-18 2019-12-03 Apple Inc. Automatically adapting user interfaces for hands-free interaction
US20090305785A1 (en) * 2008-06-06 2009-12-10 Microsoft Corporation Gesture controlled game screen navigation
US20100058333A1 (en) * 2008-06-11 2010-03-04 Harold Lee Peterson Method, system and computer-readable medium for personalized gadget configuration
EP2304527A4 (en) * 2008-06-18 2013-03-27 Oblong Ind Inc Gesture-based control system for vehicle interfaces
US8345920B2 (en) * 2008-06-20 2013-01-01 Northrop Grumman Systems Corporation Gesture recognition interface system with a light-diffusive screen
KR100978929B1 (en) * 2008-06-24 2010-08-30 한국전자통신연구원 Registration method of reference gesture data, operation method of mobile terminal and mobile terminal
US8146020B2 (en) 2008-07-24 2012-03-27 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced detection of circular engagement gesture
EP2327005B1 (en) * 2008-07-25 2017-08-23 Qualcomm Incorporated Enhanced detection of waving gesture
US20100030549A1 (en) 2008-07-31 2010-02-04 Lee Michael M Mobile device having human language translation capability with positional feedback
US8463053B1 (en) 2008-08-08 2013-06-11 The Research Foundation Of State University Of New York Enhanced max margin learning on multimodal data mining in a multimedia database
CA2735992A1 (en) * 2008-09-04 2010-03-11 Extreme Reality Ltd. Method system and software for providing image sensor based human machine interfacing
US8508671B2 (en) 2008-09-08 2013-08-13 Apple Inc. Projection systems and methods
US8538084B2 (en) * 2008-09-08 2013-09-17 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for depth sensing keystoning
US7881603B2 (en) * 2008-09-26 2011-02-01 Apple Inc. Dichroic aperture for electronic imaging device
US8527908B2 (en) * 2008-09-26 2013-09-03 Apple Inc. Computer user interface system and methods
US20100079653A1 (en) * 2008-09-26 2010-04-01 Apple Inc. Portable computing system with a secondary image output
US20100079426A1 (en) * 2008-09-26 2010-04-01 Apple Inc. Spatial ambient light profiling
US8610726B2 (en) * 2008-09-26 2013-12-17 Apple Inc. Computer systems and methods with projected display
US8755515B1 (en) 2008-09-29 2014-06-17 Wai Wu Parallel signal processing system and method
US8676904B2 (en) 2008-10-02 2014-03-18 Apple Inc. Electronic devices with voice command and contextual data processing capabilities
US20100085147A1 (en) * 2008-10-08 2010-04-08 Gm Global Technology Operations, Inc. Keyless entry using hand signals
WO2010045394A1 (en) * 2008-10-14 2010-04-22 Oblong Industries, Inc. Multi-process interactive systems and methods
US20100095250A1 (en) * 2008-10-15 2010-04-15 Raytheon Company Facilitating Interaction With An Application
US9037468B2 (en) * 2008-10-27 2015-05-19 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Sound localization for user in motion
DE102008059456B3 (en) * 2008-11-28 2010-08-26 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method for displaying image data on display device, involves determining actual position of pre-determined operating personnel with sensor according to display device, where sub-area of display device is determined
US9134798B2 (en) * 2008-12-15 2015-09-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Gestures, interactions, and common ground in a surface computing environment
JP4702475B2 (en) * 2008-12-25 2011-06-15 ソニー株式会社 Input device, handheld device and control method
US20120202569A1 (en) * 2009-01-13 2012-08-09 Primesense Ltd. Three-Dimensional User Interface for Game Applications
US10019081B2 (en) * 2009-01-15 2018-07-10 International Business Machines Corporation Functionality switching in pointer input devices
CN102292734B (en) * 2009-01-22 2015-11-25 皇家飞利浦电子股份有限公司 User interactions is predicted during image procossing
US7996793B2 (en) * 2009-01-30 2011-08-09 Microsoft Corporation Gesture recognizer system architecture
US8565477B2 (en) * 2009-01-30 2013-10-22 Microsoft Corporation Visual target tracking
US8577084B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2013-11-05 Microsoft Corporation Visual target tracking
US8682028B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2014-03-25 Microsoft Corporation Visual target tracking
US8588465B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2013-11-19 Microsoft Corporation Visual target tracking
US8565476B2 (en) * 2009-01-30 2013-10-22 Microsoft Corporation Visual target tracking
US20100199231A1 (en) 2009-01-30 2010-08-05 Microsoft Corporation Predictive determination
US9468846B2 (en) * 2009-01-30 2016-10-18 Performance Designed Products Llc Tactile feedback apparatus and method
US8267781B2 (en) * 2009-01-30 2012-09-18 Microsoft Corporation Visual target tracking
US8577085B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2013-11-05 Microsoft Corporation Visual target tracking
US9424578B2 (en) 2009-02-24 2016-08-23 Ebay Inc. System and method to provide gesture functions at a device
JP5253588B2 (en) * 2009-02-25 2013-07-31 本田技研工業株式会社 Capturing and recognizing hand postures using internal distance shape related methods
US8396825B2 (en) * 2009-02-25 2013-03-12 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America Method and system to recognize temporal events using enhanced temporal decision trees
JP2010204730A (en) * 2009-02-27 2010-09-16 Seiko Epson Corp System of controlling device in response to gesture
US20100225491A1 (en) * 2009-03-05 2010-09-09 Searete Llc, A Limited Liability Corporation Of The State Of Delaware Postural information system and method
US9024976B2 (en) 2009-03-05 2015-05-05 The Invention Science Fund I, Llc Postural information system and method
WO2010103482A2 (en) * 2009-03-13 2010-09-16 Primesense Ltd. Enhanced 3d interfacing for remote devices
US20150309581A1 (en) * 2009-04-02 2015-10-29 David MINNEN Cross-user hand tracking and shape recognition user interface
US9317128B2 (en) * 2009-04-02 2016-04-19 Oblong Industries, Inc. Remote devices used in a markerless installation of a spatial operating environment incorporating gestural control
US10824238B2 (en) 2009-04-02 2020-11-03 Oblong Industries, Inc. Operating environment with gestural control and multiple client devices, displays, and users
JP5256109B2 (en) 2009-04-23 2013-08-07 株式会社日立製作所 Display device
KR101581883B1 (en) * 2009-04-30 2016-01-11 삼성전자주식회사 Appratus for detecting voice using motion information and method thereof
US8606735B2 (en) * 2009-04-30 2013-12-10 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for predicting user's intention based on multimodal information
US9498718B2 (en) * 2009-05-01 2016-11-22 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Altering a view perspective within a display environment
US8649554B2 (en) 2009-05-01 2014-02-11 Microsoft Corporation Method to control perspective for a camera-controlled computer
US8942428B2 (en) 2009-05-01 2015-01-27 Microsoft Corporation Isolate extraneous motions
EP2427812A4 (en) * 2009-05-08 2016-06-08 Kopin Corp Remote control of host application using motion and voice commands
US20100295782A1 (en) 2009-05-21 2010-11-25 Yehuda Binder System and method for control based on face ore hand gesture detection
US9383823B2 (en) * 2009-05-29 2016-07-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Combining gestures beyond skeletal
US8418085B2 (en) * 2009-05-29 2013-04-09 Microsoft Corporation Gesture coach
US9400559B2 (en) * 2009-05-29 2016-07-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Gesture shortcuts
US20100306716A1 (en) * 2009-05-29 2010-12-02 Microsoft Corporation Extending standard gestures
US10255566B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2019-04-09 Apple Inc. Generating and processing task items that represent tasks to perform
US10241752B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2019-03-26 Apple Inc. Interface for a virtual digital assistant
US9462964B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-10-11 Orthosensor Inc Small form factor muscular-skeletal parameter measurement system
US8707782B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2014-04-29 Orthosensor Inc Prosthetic component for monitoring synovial fluid and method
US8679186B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2014-03-25 Ortho Sensor Inc. Hermetically sealed prosthetic component and method therefor
US8714009B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2014-05-06 Orthosensor Inc. Shielded capacitor sensor system for medical applications and method
US8701484B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2014-04-22 Orthosensor Inc. Small form factor medical sensor structure and method therefor
US8826733B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2014-09-09 Orthosensor Inc Sensored prosthetic component and method
US8720270B2 (en) 2010-06-29 2014-05-13 Ortho Sensor Inc. Prosthetic component for monitoring joint health
US9839390B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2017-12-12 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic component having a compliant surface
US8421479B2 (en) 2009-06-30 2013-04-16 Navisense Pulsed echo propagation device and method for measuring a parameter
US9259179B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2016-02-16 Orthosensor Inc. Prosthetic knee joint measurement system including energy harvesting and method therefor
US20110172550A1 (en) 2009-07-21 2011-07-14 Michael Scott Martin Uspa: systems and methods for ems device communication interface
WO2011127459A1 (en) 2010-04-09 2011-10-13 Zoll Medical Corporation Systems and methods for ems device communications interface
US8428368B2 (en) 2009-07-31 2013-04-23 Echostar Technologies L.L.C. Systems and methods for hand gesture control of an electronic device
US10198854B2 (en) * 2009-08-14 2019-02-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Manipulation of 3-dimensional graphical objects for view in a multi-touch display
CN101995946A (en) * 2009-08-27 2011-03-30 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Computer remote control system and method
US9141193B2 (en) * 2009-08-31 2015-09-22 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Techniques for using human gestures to control gesture unaware programs
KR101577106B1 (en) 2009-09-21 2015-12-11 익스트림 리얼리티 엘티디. Methods circuits apparatus and systems for human machine interfacing with an electronic appliance
US8878779B2 (en) 2009-09-21 2014-11-04 Extreme Reality Ltd. Methods circuits device systems and associated computer executable code for facilitating interfacing with a computing platform display screen
US8502926B2 (en) * 2009-09-30 2013-08-06 Apple Inc. Display system having coherent and incoherent light sources
US8619128B2 (en) 2009-09-30 2013-12-31 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for an imaging system using multiple image sensors
JP2011081480A (en) * 2009-10-05 2011-04-21 Seiko Epson Corp Image input system
US9933852B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2018-04-03 Oblong Industries, Inc. Multi-process interactive systems and methods
US9971807B2 (en) 2009-10-14 2018-05-15 Oblong Industries, Inc. Multi-process interactive systems and methods
US20120188164A1 (en) * 2009-10-16 2012-07-26 Prasenjit Dey Gesture processing
EP2494432B1 (en) 2009-10-27 2019-05-29 Harmonix Music Systems, Inc. Gesture-based user interface
US9981193B2 (en) 2009-10-27 2018-05-29 Harmonix Music Systems, Inc. Movement based recognition and evaluation
US20110115892A1 (en) * 2009-11-13 2011-05-19 VisionBrite Technologies, Inc. Real-time embedded visible spectrum light vision-based human finger detection and tracking method
KR20110052869A (en) * 2009-11-13 2011-05-19 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for providing pointer control function in portable terminal
US8432367B2 (en) * 2009-11-19 2013-04-30 Google Inc. Translating user interaction with a touch screen into input commands
US9244533B2 (en) * 2009-12-17 2016-01-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Camera navigation for presentations
US8687070B2 (en) 2009-12-22 2014-04-01 Apple Inc. Image capture device having tilt and/or perspective correction
TWI411935B (en) * 2009-12-25 2013-10-11 Primax Electronics Ltd System and method for generating control instruction by identifying user posture captured by image pickup device
KR20110076458A (en) * 2009-12-29 2011-07-06 엘지전자 주식회사 Display device and control method thereof
US8514188B2 (en) * 2009-12-30 2013-08-20 Microsoft Corporation Hand posture mode constraints on touch input
US8977972B2 (en) * 2009-12-31 2015-03-10 Intel Corporation Using multi-modal input to control multiple objects on a display
US20110164032A1 (en) * 2010-01-07 2011-07-07 Prime Sense Ltd. Three-Dimensional User Interface
US9019201B2 (en) * 2010-01-08 2015-04-28 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Evolving universal gesture sets
EP2642371A1 (en) 2010-01-14 2013-09-25 BrainLAB AG Controlling a surgical navigation system
US8334842B2 (en) * 2010-01-15 2012-12-18 Microsoft Corporation Recognizing user intent in motion capture system
US10705794B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-07-07 Apple Inc. Automatically adapting user interfaces for hands-free interaction
US10679605B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-06-09 Apple Inc. Hands-free list-reading by intelligent automated assistant
US10276170B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2019-04-30 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US10553209B2 (en) 2010-01-18 2020-02-04 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for hands-free notification summaries
US9507418B2 (en) 2010-01-21 2016-11-29 Tobii Ab Eye tracker based contextual action
US8676581B2 (en) * 2010-01-22 2014-03-18 Microsoft Corporation Speech recognition analysis via identification information
US8522308B2 (en) * 2010-02-11 2013-08-27 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Systems and methods for providing a spatial-input-based multi-user shared display experience
US8682667B2 (en) 2010-02-25 2014-03-25 Apple Inc. User profiling for selecting user specific voice input processing information
US8477425B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2013-07-02 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through near-eye display glasses including a partially reflective, partially transmitting optical element
US9134534B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2015-09-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc See-through near-eye display glasses including a modular image source
US9129295B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2015-09-08 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc See-through near-eye display glasses with a fast response photochromic film system for quick transition from dark to clear
US20120249797A1 (en) 2010-02-28 2012-10-04 Osterhout Group, Inc. Head-worn adaptive display
US8467133B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2013-06-18 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through display with an optical assembly including a wedge-shaped illumination system
US9091851B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2015-07-28 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Light control in head mounted displays
US8482859B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2013-07-09 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through near-eye display glasses wherein image light is transmitted to and reflected from an optically flat film
US9128281B2 (en) 2010-09-14 2015-09-08 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Eyepiece with uniformly illuminated reflective display
EP2539759A1 (en) 2010-02-28 2013-01-02 Osterhout Group, Inc. Local advertising content on an interactive head-mounted eyepiece
US8488246B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2013-07-16 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through near-eye display glasses including a curved polarizing film in the image source, a partially reflective, partially transmitting optical element and an optically flat film
US9285589B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2016-03-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc AR glasses with event and sensor triggered control of AR eyepiece applications
US9182596B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2015-11-10 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc See-through near-eye display glasses with the optical assembly including absorptive polarizers or anti-reflective coatings to reduce stray light
US8472120B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2013-06-25 Osterhout Group, Inc. See-through near-eye display glasses with a small scale image source
US10180572B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2019-01-15 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc AR glasses with event and user action control of external applications
US9223134B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2015-12-29 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Optical imperfections in a light transmissive illumination system for see-through near-eye display glasses
US9097890B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2015-08-04 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Grating in a light transmissive illumination system for see-through near-eye display glasses
US9097891B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2015-08-04 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc See-through near-eye display glasses including an auto-brightness control for the display brightness based on the brightness in the environment
US9366862B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2016-06-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc System and method for delivering content to a group of see-through near eye display eyepieces
US9341843B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2016-05-17 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc See-through near-eye display glasses with a small scale image source
US9759917B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2017-09-12 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc AR glasses with event and sensor triggered AR eyepiece interface to external devices
US9229227B2 (en) 2010-02-28 2016-01-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc See-through near-eye display glasses with a light transmissive wedge shaped illumination system
US20150309316A1 (en) 2011-04-06 2015-10-29 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Ar glasses with predictive control of external device based on event input
US20120124481A1 (en) * 2010-03-18 2012-05-17 Robert Campbell Interacting with a device
US9161717B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2015-10-20 Orthosensor Inc. Orthopedic insert measuring system having a sealed cavity
CN102822770B (en) * 2010-03-26 2016-08-17 惠普发展公司,有限责任合伙企业 Associated with
KR101743948B1 (en) * 2010-04-07 2017-06-21 삼성전자주식회사 Method for hover sensing in the interactive display and method for processing hover sensing image
CN101833403B (en) * 2010-04-26 2012-09-19 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 Touch system based on image identification
US8593402B2 (en) 2010-04-30 2013-11-26 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Spatial-input-based cursor projection systems and methods
KR101711925B1 (en) * 2010-04-30 2017-03-03 톰슨 라이센싱 3d method and apparatus of push pull gesture recognition in 3d system
US8457353B2 (en) 2010-05-18 2013-06-04 Microsoft Corporation Gestures and gesture modifiers for manipulating a user-interface
US9274594B2 (en) * 2010-05-28 2016-03-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Cloud-based personal trait profile data
US8751215B2 (en) * 2010-06-04 2014-06-10 Microsoft Corporation Machine based sign language interpreter
US9113190B2 (en) * 2010-06-04 2015-08-18 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Controlling power levels of electronic devices through user interaction
US9358456B1 (en) 2010-06-11 2016-06-07 Harmonix Music Systems, Inc. Dance competition game
CA2802348A1 (en) 2010-06-11 2011-12-15 Harmonix Music Systems, Inc. Dance game and tutorial
US8749557B2 (en) 2010-06-11 2014-06-10 Microsoft Corporation Interacting with user interface via avatar
US8296151B2 (en) 2010-06-18 2012-10-23 Microsoft Corporation Compound gesture-speech commands
US20120013539A1 (en) * 2010-07-13 2012-01-19 Hogan Edward P A Systems with gesture-based editing of tables
US20120016641A1 (en) 2010-07-13 2012-01-19 Giuseppe Raffa Efficient gesture processing
JP2012038210A (en) * 2010-08-10 2012-02-23 Sony Corp Information processing unit, information processing method, computer program, and content display system
EP2421251A1 (en) * 2010-08-17 2012-02-22 LG Electronics Display device and control method thereof
US8497897B2 (en) 2010-08-17 2013-07-30 Apple Inc. Image capture using luminance and chrominance sensors
JP2012043288A (en) * 2010-08-20 2012-03-01 Nintendo Co Ltd Information processor, information processing system and information processing method
US9167289B2 (en) 2010-09-02 2015-10-20 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Perspective display systems and methods
JP5829390B2 (en) * 2010-09-07 2015-12-09 ソニー株式会社 Information processing apparatus and information processing method
KR101257303B1 (en) * 2010-09-08 2013-05-02 인테니움 인코퍼레이션 Method and apparatus of recognizing gesture with untouched way
US9213890B2 (en) * 2010-09-17 2015-12-15 Sony Corporation Gesture recognition system for TV control
US9122307B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2015-09-01 Kopin Corporation Advanced remote control of host application using motion and voice commands
US10013976B2 (en) 2010-09-20 2018-07-03 Kopin Corporation Context sensitive overlays in voice controlled headset computer displays
US8781629B2 (en) * 2010-09-22 2014-07-15 Toyota Motor Engineering & Manufacturing North America, Inc. Human-robot interface apparatuses and methods of controlling robots
US8538132B2 (en) 2010-09-24 2013-09-17 Apple Inc. Component concentricity
US20120075166A1 (en) * 2010-09-29 2012-03-29 Samsung Electronics Co. Ltd. Actuated adaptive display systems
US8842080B2 (en) 2010-10-01 2014-09-23 Z124 User interface with screen spanning icon morphing
CN108681424B (en) 2010-10-01 2021-08-31 Z124 Dragging gestures on a user interface
US9729658B2 (en) * 2010-10-12 2017-08-08 Chris Trahan System for managing web-based content data and applications
US20120095575A1 (en) * 2010-10-14 2012-04-19 Cedes Safety & Automation Ag Time of flight (tof) human machine interface (hmi)
US20120100900A1 (en) * 2010-10-21 2012-04-26 Aibelive Co., Ltd Method for operating a mobile device to control a main Unit in playing a video game
US8957856B2 (en) 2010-10-21 2015-02-17 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Systems, methods, and apparatuses for spatial input associated with a display
US20120102400A1 (en) * 2010-10-22 2012-04-26 Microsoft Corporation Touch Gesture Notification Dismissal Techniques
US8866889B2 (en) * 2010-11-03 2014-10-21 Microsoft Corporation In-home depth camera calibration
US20120113223A1 (en) * 2010-11-05 2012-05-10 Microsoft Corporation User Interaction in Augmented Reality
WO2012064309A1 (en) * 2010-11-11 2012-05-18 Echostar Ukraine L.L.C. Hearing and/or speech impaired electronic device control
EP2455841A3 (en) * 2010-11-22 2015-07-15 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Apparatus and method for selecting item using movement of object
KR101789619B1 (en) * 2010-11-22 2017-10-25 엘지전자 주식회사 Method for controlling using voice and gesture in multimedia device and multimedia device thereof
US8660679B2 (en) 2010-12-02 2014-02-25 Empire Technology Development Llc Augmented reality system
US8872762B2 (en) 2010-12-08 2014-10-28 Primesense Ltd. Three dimensional user interface cursor control
US8893054B2 (en) * 2010-12-08 2014-11-18 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Devices, systems, and methods for conveying gesture commands
US9123316B2 (en) 2010-12-27 2015-09-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Interactive content creation
KR20140030138A (en) 2011-01-23 2014-03-11 익스트림 리얼리티 엘티디. Methods, systems, devices, and associated processing logic for generating stereoscopic images and video
EP3527121B1 (en) * 2011-02-09 2023-08-23 Apple Inc. Gesture detection in a 3d mapping environment
JP5800526B2 (en) * 2011-02-22 2015-10-28 任天堂株式会社 GAME DEVICE, GAME PROGRAM, GAME SYSTEM, AND GAME PROCESSING METHOD
US8782566B2 (en) * 2011-02-22 2014-07-15 Cisco Technology, Inc. Using gestures to schedule and manage meetings
TWI458339B (en) * 2011-02-22 2014-10-21 Sanjet Technology Corp 3d image sensor alignment detection method
KR101896947B1 (en) * 2011-02-23 2018-10-31 엘지이노텍 주식회사 An apparatus and method for inputting command using gesture
US20120226981A1 (en) * 2011-03-02 2012-09-06 Microsoft Corporation Controlling electronic devices in a multimedia system through a natural user interface
US9171200B2 (en) * 2011-03-04 2015-10-27 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Gestural interaction identification
KR101814395B1 (en) * 2011-03-08 2018-01-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Electronic device and method for managing control right
JP2012190183A (en) * 2011-03-09 2012-10-04 Sony Corp Image processing device, method, and program
US20120239396A1 (en) * 2011-03-15 2012-09-20 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Multimodal remote control
EP2686254B1 (en) * 2011-03-17 2018-08-15 SSI Schäfer Automation GmbH Controlling and monitoring a storage and order-picking system by means of movement and speech
US9262612B2 (en) 2011-03-21 2016-02-16 Apple Inc. Device access using voice authentication
WO2012126103A1 (en) * 2011-03-23 2012-09-27 Mgestyk Technologies Inc. Apparatus and system for interfacing with computers and other electronic devices through gestures by using depth sensing and methods of use
CN102156859B (en) * 2011-04-21 2012-10-03 刘津甦 Sensing method for gesture and spatial location of hand
US8620113B2 (en) 2011-04-25 2013-12-31 Microsoft Corporation Laser diode modes
CN102760198A (en) * 2011-04-27 2012-10-31 德信互动科技(北京)有限公司 Close somatosensory interaction device and method
US10627860B2 (en) 2011-05-10 2020-04-21 Kopin Corporation Headset computer that uses motion and voice commands to control information display and remote devices
US20120304059A1 (en) * 2011-05-24 2012-11-29 Microsoft Corporation Interactive Build Instructions
US8769409B2 (en) * 2011-05-27 2014-07-01 Cyberlink Corp. Systems and methods for improving object detection
US8760395B2 (en) 2011-05-31 2014-06-24 Microsoft Corporation Gesture recognition techniques
US9594430B2 (en) * 2011-06-01 2017-03-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Three-dimensional foreground selection for vision system
US10057736B2 (en) 2011-06-03 2018-08-21 Apple Inc. Active transport based notifications
US8897491B2 (en) * 2011-06-06 2014-11-25 Microsoft Corporation System for finger recognition and tracking
US20120323515A1 (en) * 2011-06-14 2012-12-20 Microsoft Corporation User-mounted device calibration using external data
WO2012174539A1 (en) * 2011-06-17 2012-12-20 Parallax Enterprises Consolidated healthcare and resource management system
US9377865B2 (en) 2011-07-05 2016-06-28 Apple Inc. Zoom-based gesture user interface
US9459758B2 (en) 2011-07-05 2016-10-04 Apple Inc. Gesture-based interface with enhanced features
US8881051B2 (en) 2011-07-05 2014-11-04 Primesense Ltd Zoom-based gesture user interface
US8179604B1 (en) 2011-07-13 2012-05-15 Google Inc. Wearable marker for passive interaction
DE102011107795A1 (en) 2011-07-15 2013-01-17 Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland Gmbh Method and device for remote monitoring and control of medical fluid management devices
CA2843343C (en) * 2011-07-28 2018-02-20 Arb Labs Inc. Systems and methods of detecting body movements using globally generated multi-dimensional gesture data
US8869073B2 (en) 2011-07-28 2014-10-21 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Hand pose interaction
US9030487B2 (en) * 2011-08-01 2015-05-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Electronic device for displaying three-dimensional image and method of using the same
US9013366B2 (en) * 2011-08-04 2015-04-21 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Display environment for a plurality of display devices
EP2986014A1 (en) 2011-08-05 2016-02-17 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for controlling electronic apparatus based on voice recognition and motion recognition, and electronic apparatus applying the same
WO2013022222A2 (en) * 2011-08-05 2013-02-14 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method for controlling electronic apparatus based on motion recognition, and electronic apparatus applying the same
US20130033644A1 (en) * 2011-08-05 2013-02-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic apparatus and method for controlling thereof
KR101262700B1 (en) 2011-08-05 2013-05-08 삼성전자주식회사 Method for Controlling Electronic Apparatus based on Voice Recognition and Motion Recognition, and Electric Apparatus thereof
US10585472B2 (en) 2011-08-12 2020-03-10 Sony Interactive Entertainment Inc. Wireless head mounted display with differential rendering and sound localization
US10209771B2 (en) 2016-09-30 2019-02-19 Sony Interactive Entertainment Inc. Predictive RF beamforming for head mounted display
US9030498B2 (en) 2011-08-15 2015-05-12 Apple Inc. Combining explicit select gestures and timeclick in a non-tactile three dimensional user interface
US9218063B2 (en) * 2011-08-24 2015-12-22 Apple Inc. Sessionless pointing user interface
CA2847975A1 (en) * 2011-09-07 2013-03-14 Tandemlaunch Technologies Inc. System and method for using eye gaze information to enhance interactions
US8223024B1 (en) 2011-09-21 2012-07-17 Google Inc. Locking mechanism based on unnatural movement of head-mounted display
US9414940B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2016-08-16 Orthosensor Inc. Sensored head for a measurement tool for the muscular-skeletal system
US8911448B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2014-12-16 Orthosensor, Inc Device and method for enabling an orthopedic tool for parameter measurement
US9839374B2 (en) 2011-09-23 2017-12-12 Orthosensor Inc. System and method for vertebral load and location sensing
US9811255B2 (en) 2011-09-30 2017-11-07 Intel Corporation Detection of gesture data segmentation in mobile devices
US9408582B2 (en) 2011-10-11 2016-08-09 Amish Sura Guided imaging system
KR20130047890A (en) * 2011-11-01 2013-05-09 삼성전기주식회사 Remote control apparatus and gesture recognizing method of remote control apparatus
US9301372B2 (en) * 2011-11-11 2016-03-29 Osram Sylvania Inc. Light control method and lighting device using the same
JP2013105346A (en) * 2011-11-14 2013-05-30 Sony Corp Information presentation device, information presentation method, information presentation system, information registration device, information registration method, information registration system, and program
CN104067201B (en) 2011-11-23 2018-02-16 英特尔公司 Posture input with multiple views, display and physics
US9072929B1 (en) * 2011-12-01 2015-07-07 Nebraska Global Investment Company, LLC Image capture system
US8635637B2 (en) 2011-12-02 2014-01-21 Microsoft Corporation User interface presenting an animated avatar performing a media reaction
US9250713B2 (en) * 2011-12-05 2016-02-02 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Control exposure
EP2602691A1 (en) * 2011-12-05 2013-06-12 Alcatel Lucent Method for gesture control, gesture server device and sensor input device
US9100685B2 (en) 2011-12-09 2015-08-04 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Determining audience state or interest using passive sensor data
WO2013089693A1 (en) * 2011-12-14 2013-06-20 Intel Corporation Gaze activated content transfer system
KR101574099B1 (en) * 2011-12-20 2015-12-03 인텔 코포레이션 Augmented reality representations across multiple devices
US9032334B2 (en) * 2011-12-21 2015-05-12 Lg Electronics Inc. Electronic device having 3-dimensional display and method of operating thereof
WO2013101438A1 (en) 2011-12-29 2013-07-04 Kopin Corporation Wireless hands-free computing head mounted video eyewear for local/remote diagnosis and repair
US10452188B2 (en) * 2012-01-13 2019-10-22 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Predictive compensation for a latency of an input device
US9223404B1 (en) * 2012-01-27 2015-12-29 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Separating foreground and background objects in captured images
US20130204408A1 (en) * 2012-02-06 2013-08-08 Honeywell International Inc. System for controlling home automation system using body movements
JP5505434B2 (en) * 2012-02-09 2014-05-28 株式会社デンソー Armpit judging device
US9622701B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2017-04-18 Orthosensor Inc Muscular-skeletal joint stability detection and method therefor
US9271675B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2016-03-01 Orthosensor Inc. Muscular-skeletal joint stability detection and method therefor
US9844335B2 (en) 2012-02-27 2017-12-19 Orthosensor Inc Measurement device for the muscular-skeletal system having load distribution plates
US9704027B1 (en) * 2012-02-27 2017-07-11 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Gesture recognition
US9229534B2 (en) 2012-02-28 2016-01-05 Apple Inc. Asymmetric mapping for tactile and non-tactile user interfaces
US10134385B2 (en) 2012-03-02 2018-11-20 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for name pronunciation
US8485899B1 (en) * 2012-03-06 2013-07-16 Steelseries Aps Method and apparatus for presenting performances of gamers
US8947323B1 (en) 2012-03-20 2015-02-03 Hayes Solos Raffle Content display methods
US9377863B2 (en) 2012-03-26 2016-06-28 Apple Inc. Gaze-enhanced virtual touchscreen
JP2013205983A (en) * 2012-03-27 2013-10-07 Sony Corp Information input apparatus, information input method, and computer program
US8898687B2 (en) 2012-04-04 2014-11-25 Microsoft Corporation Controlling a media program based on a media reaction
WO2013156885A2 (en) * 2012-04-15 2013-10-24 Extreme Reality Ltd. Methods circuits device systems and associated computer executable code for facilitating interfacing with a computing platform display screen
US8929954B2 (en) 2012-04-25 2015-01-06 Kopin Corporation Headset computer (HSC) as auxiliary display with ASR and HT input
EP2842055B1 (en) 2012-04-25 2018-06-27 Kopin Corporation Instant translation system
US9086732B2 (en) * 2012-05-03 2015-07-21 Wms Gaming Inc. Gesture fusion
CA2775700C (en) 2012-05-04 2013-07-23 Microsoft Corporation Determining a future portion of a currently presented media program
US9587804B2 (en) 2012-05-07 2017-03-07 Chia Ming Chen Light control systems and methods
US9423870B2 (en) * 2012-05-08 2016-08-23 Google Inc. Input determination method
US9442290B2 (en) 2012-05-10 2016-09-13 Kopin Corporation Headset computer operation using vehicle sensor feedback for remote control vehicle
US9619036B2 (en) 2012-05-11 2017-04-11 Comcast Cable Communications, Llc System and methods for controlling a user experience
US10417037B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Systems and methods for integrating third party services with a digital assistant
US9823742B2 (en) 2012-05-18 2017-11-21 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Interaction and management of devices using gaze detection
US9302182B2 (en) 2012-05-23 2016-04-05 Side-Kick Ltd Method and apparatus for converting computer games between platforms using different modalities
US9747306B2 (en) * 2012-05-25 2017-08-29 Atheer, Inc. Method and apparatus for identifying input features for later recognition
WO2013181226A2 (en) * 2012-05-31 2013-12-05 Malvin Michael Dynamic data entry with enhanced security for screen-based computing devices
US9721563B2 (en) 2012-06-08 2017-08-01 Apple Inc. Name recognition system
US9092394B2 (en) * 2012-06-15 2015-07-28 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Depth based context identification
TWI490755B (en) * 2012-06-20 2015-07-01 Pixart Imaging Inc Input system
US9836590B2 (en) * 2012-06-22 2017-12-05 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Enhanced accuracy of user presence status determination
DE102012210821A1 (en) * 2012-06-26 2014-01-02 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Method for a communication between a control unit and a patient and / or an operator as well as a medical imaging device for this purpose
CN109508091A (en) * 2012-07-06 2019-03-22 原相科技股份有限公司 Input system
US9087403B2 (en) 2012-07-26 2015-07-21 Qualcomm Incorporated Maintaining continuity of augmentations
EP2698686B1 (en) * 2012-07-27 2018-10-10 LG Electronics Inc. Wrist-wearable terminal and control method thereof
US20140062864A1 (en) * 2012-09-03 2014-03-06 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for extracting three-dimensional distance information from recognition target
JP6064464B2 (en) * 2012-09-10 2017-01-25 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Head-mounted display device, head-mounted display device control method, and authentication system
US9374618B2 (en) * 2012-09-11 2016-06-21 Intel Corporation Interactive visual advertisement service
WO2014052802A2 (en) 2012-09-28 2014-04-03 Zoll Medical Corporation Systems and methods for three-dimensional interaction monitoring in an ems environment
US10573037B2 (en) * 2012-12-20 2020-02-25 Sri International Method and apparatus for mentoring via an augmented reality assistant
US9152227B2 (en) * 2012-10-10 2015-10-06 At&T Intellectual Property I, Lp Method and apparatus for controlling presentation of media content
US20140122086A1 (en) * 2012-10-26 2014-05-01 Microsoft Corporation Augmenting speech recognition with depth imaging
US9575562B2 (en) * 2012-11-05 2017-02-21 Synaptics Incorporated User interface systems and methods for managing multiple regions
US10194239B2 (en) * 2012-11-06 2019-01-29 Nokia Technologies Oy Multi-resolution audio signals
US20140128739A1 (en) * 2012-11-07 2014-05-08 General Electric Company Ultrasound imaging system and method
US20140135744A1 (en) 2012-11-09 2014-05-15 Orthosensor Inc Motion and orientation sensing module or device for positioning of implants
KR101450586B1 (en) * 2012-11-28 2014-10-15 (주) 미디어인터랙티브 Method, system and computer-readable recording media for motion recognition
KR20140073730A (en) * 2012-12-06 2014-06-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling mobile terminal
US9207769B2 (en) * 2012-12-17 2015-12-08 Lenovo (Beijing) Co., Ltd. Processing method and electronic device
CN103869954A (en) * 2012-12-17 2014-06-18 联想(北京)有限公司 Processing method as well as processing device and electronic device
CN103873760B (en) * 2012-12-17 2017-12-26 联想(北京)有限公司 A kind of focusing method of adjustment and electronic equipment
US20140191980A1 (en) * 2013-01-04 2014-07-10 Qualcomm Mems Technologies, Inc. System for reuse of touch panel and controller by a secondary display
SE536902C2 (en) * 2013-01-22 2014-10-21 Crunchfish Ab Scalable input from tracked object in touch-free user interface
US9190058B2 (en) 2013-01-25 2015-11-17 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Using visual cues to disambiguate speech inputs
EP2954514B1 (en) 2013-02-07 2021-03-31 Apple Inc. Voice trigger for a digital assistant
US9301085B2 (en) 2013-02-20 2016-03-29 Kopin Corporation Computer headset with detachable 4G radio
US9158381B2 (en) 2013-02-25 2015-10-13 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Multi-resolution gesture recognition
US9804576B2 (en) 2013-02-27 2017-10-31 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Recognition-based industrial automation control with position and derivative decision reference
US9393695B2 (en) 2013-02-27 2016-07-19 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Recognition-based industrial automation control with person and object discrimination
US9798302B2 (en) 2013-02-27 2017-10-24 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Recognition-based industrial automation control with redundant system input support
US9498885B2 (en) 2013-02-27 2016-11-22 Rockwell Automation Technologies, Inc. Recognition-based industrial automation control with confidence-based decision support
JP6104639B2 (en) * 2013-03-01 2017-03-29 東芝メディカルシステムズ株式会社 X-ray diagnostic equipment
JP5782061B2 (en) * 2013-03-11 2015-09-24 レノボ・シンガポール・プライベート・リミテッド Method for recognizing movement of moving object and portable computer
US10288881B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-05-14 Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. Wearable interface for remote monitoring and control of a medical device
US10652394B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2020-05-12 Apple Inc. System and method for processing voicemail
US10748529B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-08-18 Apple Inc. Voice activated device for use with a voice-based digital assistant
US10220303B1 (en) 2013-03-15 2019-03-05 Harmonix Music Systems, Inc. Gesture-based music game
US9615887B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2017-04-11 Orthosensor Inc. Bone cutting system for the leg and method therefor
US11793424B2 (en) 2013-03-18 2023-10-24 Orthosensor, Inc. Kinetic assessment and alignment of the muscular-skeletal system and method therefor
US9715282B2 (en) * 2013-03-29 2017-07-25 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Closing, starting, and restarting applications
KR101484202B1 (en) * 2013-03-29 2015-01-21 현대자동차 주식회사 Vehicle having gesture detection system
EP2983064B1 (en) * 2013-04-02 2019-11-27 Sony Corporation Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US9395764B2 (en) * 2013-04-25 2016-07-19 Filippo Costanzo Gestural motion and speech interface control method for 3d audio-video-data navigation on handheld devices
US9234742B2 (en) * 2013-05-01 2016-01-12 Faro Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for using gestures to control a laser tracker
US9940014B2 (en) * 2013-05-03 2018-04-10 Adobe Systems Incorporated Context visual organizer for multi-screen display
JP2014238812A (en) * 2013-05-10 2014-12-18 株式会社リコー Information processing apparatus, motion identification method, and motion identification program
CN104156058B (en) * 2013-05-14 2018-08-07 研祥智能科技股份有限公司 Generate the method and system of control instruction
EP2996649A1 (en) * 2013-05-16 2016-03-23 WaveLight GmbH Touchless user interface for ophthalmic devices
US9829984B2 (en) 2013-05-23 2017-11-28 Fastvdo Llc Motion-assisted visual language for human computer interfaces
CN103324435B (en) * 2013-05-24 2017-02-08 华为技术有限公司 Multi-screen display method and device and electronic device thereof
US9348411B2 (en) * 2013-05-24 2016-05-24 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Object display with visual verisimilitude
WO2014197334A2 (en) 2013-06-07 2014-12-11 Apple Inc. System and method for user-specified pronunciation of words for speech synthesis and recognition
WO2014197335A1 (en) 2013-06-08 2014-12-11 Apple Inc. Interpreting and acting upon commands that involve sharing information with remote devices
US10176167B2 (en) 2013-06-09 2019-01-08 Apple Inc. System and method for inferring user intent from speech inputs
WO2014200728A1 (en) 2013-06-09 2014-12-18 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for enabling conversation persistence across two or more instances of a digital assistant
US20140375543A1 (en) * 2013-06-25 2014-12-25 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Shared cognition
WO2015008164A2 (en) * 2013-06-27 2015-01-22 Eyesight Mobile Technologies Ltd. Systems and methods of direct pointing detection for interaction with a digital device
CN105518576B (en) 2013-06-28 2019-04-16 陈家铭 It is operated according to the control device of gesture
US10295338B2 (en) 2013-07-12 2019-05-21 Magic Leap, Inc. Method and system for generating map data from an image
US20150017622A1 (en) * 2013-07-12 2015-01-15 Qussay Abdulatteef Jasim Al-Ani Human body movements control using digital computer controlled light signals-written dance language
US9717118B2 (en) 2013-07-16 2017-07-25 Chia Ming Chen Light control systems and methods
US9356061B2 (en) 2013-08-05 2016-05-31 Apple Inc. Image sensor with buried light shield and vertical gate
TWI505135B (en) * 2013-08-20 2015-10-21 Utechzone Co Ltd Control system for display screen, control apparatus and control method
CN103488285A (en) * 2013-08-22 2014-01-01 英华达(南京)科技有限公司 Interaction device and method
FR3010927B1 (en) * 2013-09-26 2016-03-11 Renault Georges Ets SYSTEM FOR CONTROLLING AN INDUSTRIAL TOOL BY DEFINING ITS VOLUME OF USE BY LEARNING
DE112014004664T5 (en) * 2013-10-09 2016-08-18 Magna Closures Inc. DISPLAY CONTROL FOR VEHICLE WINDOW
US10152136B2 (en) * 2013-10-16 2018-12-11 Leap Motion, Inc. Velocity field interaction for free space gesture interface and control
US20150116200A1 (en) * 2013-10-25 2015-04-30 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. System and method for gestural control of vehicle systems
US10296160B2 (en) 2013-12-06 2019-05-21 Apple Inc. Method for extracting salient dialog usage from live data
KR101556520B1 (en) * 2013-12-11 2015-10-02 현대자동차주식회사 Terminal, vehicle having the same and method thereof
US9891712B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2018-02-13 Leap Motion, Inc. User-defined virtual interaction space and manipulation of virtual cameras with vectors
US10218660B2 (en) * 2013-12-17 2019-02-26 Google Llc Detecting user gestures for dismissing electronic notifications
TWI488072B (en) * 2013-12-19 2015-06-11 Lite On Technology Corp Gesture recognition system and gesture recognition method thereof
IN2013MU04097A (en) * 2013-12-27 2015-08-07 Tata Consultancy Services Ltd
US10725550B2 (en) * 2014-01-07 2020-07-28 Nod, Inc. Methods and apparatus for recognition of a plurality of gestures using roll pitch yaw data
US10338678B2 (en) 2014-01-07 2019-07-02 Nod, Inc. Methods and apparatus for recognition of start and/or stop portions of a gesture using an auxiliary sensor
US9740923B2 (en) * 2014-01-15 2017-08-22 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Image gestures for edge input
GB2524473A (en) * 2014-02-28 2015-09-30 Microsoft Technology Licensing Llc Controlling a computing-based device using gestures
US9690478B2 (en) * 2014-03-04 2017-06-27 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method and system for processing gestures to cause computation of measurement of an angle or a segment using a touch system
TWI543625B (en) * 2014-03-05 2016-07-21 晨星半導體股份有限公司 Image monitoring system and control method thereof
US20150254235A1 (en) * 2014-03-06 2015-09-10 Boyd Whitley Sign Language Translation
US9990046B2 (en) 2014-03-17 2018-06-05 Oblong Industries, Inc. Visual collaboration interface
EP2943860B1 (en) * 2014-03-21 2022-03-02 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for preventing a collision between subjects
US9966079B2 (en) * 2014-03-24 2018-05-08 Lenovo (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. Directing voice input based on eye tracking
US9652534B1 (en) * 2014-03-26 2017-05-16 Amazon Technologies, Inc. Video-based search engine
US10409382B2 (en) * 2014-04-03 2019-09-10 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Smart tutorial for gesture control system
US9400981B2 (en) 2014-04-03 2016-07-26 Cubic Corporation Micro video assistant
US9958529B2 (en) 2014-04-10 2018-05-01 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Radio frequency localization
TWI499938B (en) * 2014-04-11 2015-09-11 Quanta Comp Inc Touch control system
US10459623B2 (en) 2014-04-17 2019-10-29 Microchip Technology Incorporated Touch detection in a capacitive sensor system
CN106796020A (en) 2014-04-29 2017-05-31 陈家铭 Lighting control system and method
DE102014208540A1 (en) * 2014-05-07 2015-11-12 Siemens Aktiengesellschaft Device and method for contactless control of a patient table
US9916010B2 (en) 2014-05-16 2018-03-13 Visa International Service Association Gesture recognition cloud command platform, system, method, and apparatus
KR102265143B1 (en) * 2014-05-16 2021-06-15 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus and method for processing input
US9715875B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-07-25 Apple Inc. Reducing the need for manual start/end-pointing and trigger phrases
US9430463B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2016-08-30 Apple Inc. Exemplar-based natural language processing
US9633004B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2017-04-25 Apple Inc. Better resolution when referencing to concepts
US10170123B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2019-01-01 Apple Inc. Intelligent assistant for home automation
US9966065B2 (en) 2014-05-30 2018-05-08 Apple Inc. Multi-command single utterance input method
US9338493B2 (en) 2014-06-30 2016-05-10 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for TV user interactions
US9123171B1 (en) * 2014-07-18 2015-09-01 Zspace, Inc. Enhancing the coupled zone of a stereoscopic display
CN104182132B (en) * 2014-08-07 2017-11-14 天津三星电子有限公司 A kind of intelligent terminal gestural control method and intelligent terminal
US9753546B2 (en) * 2014-08-29 2017-09-05 General Electric Company System and method for selective gesture interaction
US9767566B1 (en) * 2014-09-03 2017-09-19 Sprint Communications Company L.P. Mobile three-dimensional model creation platform and methods
US10083233B2 (en) * 2014-09-09 2018-09-25 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Video processing for motor task analysis
US9818400B2 (en) 2014-09-11 2017-11-14 Apple Inc. Method and apparatus for discovering trending terms in speech requests
WO2016039155A1 (en) * 2014-09-11 2016-03-17 株式会社ソニー・コンピュータエンタテインメント Image processing system, image processing method, program, and information storage medium
US20160085312A1 (en) * 2014-09-24 2016-03-24 Ncku Research And Development Foundation Gesture recognition system
CN104202533B (en) * 2014-09-24 2019-05-21 中磊电子(苏州)有限公司 Motion detection device and movement detection method
US10074360B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-09-11 Apple Inc. Providing an indication of the suitability of speech recognition
US10127911B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2018-11-13 Apple Inc. Speaker identification and unsupervised speaker adaptation techniques
US9668121B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2017-05-30 Apple Inc. Social reminders
CN105571045A (en) * 2014-10-10 2016-05-11 青岛海尔空调电子有限公司 Somatosensory identification method, apparatus and air conditioner controller
CN104244049A (en) * 2014-10-21 2014-12-24 三星电子(中国)研发中心 Curved surface television and method capable of dynamically regulating curvature and direction
KR101636460B1 (en) * 2014-11-05 2016-07-05 삼성전자주식회사 Electronic device and method for controlling the same
GB2532464B (en) 2014-11-19 2020-09-02 Bae Systems Plc Apparatus and method for selectively displaying an operational environment
GB2532465B (en) 2014-11-19 2021-08-11 Bae Systems Plc Interactive control station
KR101609263B1 (en) * 2014-12-04 2016-04-05 현대모비스 주식회사 Apparatus for recognizing gesture using infrared ray and method thereof
US9454235B2 (en) 2014-12-26 2016-09-27 Seungman KIM Electronic apparatus having a sensing unit to input a user command and a method thereof
CN105824399A (en) * 2015-01-06 2016-08-03 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Control method, system and apparatus for projection equipment
US9864430B2 (en) 2015-01-09 2018-01-09 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Gaze tracking via eye gaze model
US10048749B2 (en) 2015-01-09 2018-08-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Gaze detection offset for gaze tracking models
EP3262488B1 (en) * 2015-02-25 2021-04-07 BAE Systems PLC Apparatus and method for effecting a control action in respect of system functions
EP3062197A1 (en) * 2015-02-25 2016-08-31 BAE Systems PLC Apparatus and method for effecting a control action in respect of system functions
US10152299B2 (en) 2015-03-06 2018-12-11 Apple Inc. Reducing response latency of intelligent automated assistants
US9886953B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2018-02-06 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant activation
US10567477B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2020-02-18 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant continuity
US9721566B2 (en) 2015-03-08 2017-08-01 Apple Inc. Competing devices responding to voice triggers
US10191553B2 (en) * 2015-03-12 2019-01-29 Dell Products, L.P. User interaction with information handling systems using physical objects
JP6691351B2 (en) * 2015-03-31 2020-04-28 株式会社バンダイナムコエンターテインメント Program and game system
US11016581B2 (en) * 2015-04-21 2021-05-25 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Base station for use with digital pens
JP6772184B2 (en) * 2015-04-29 2020-10-21 コーニンクレッカ フィリップス エヌ ヴェKoninklijke Philips N.V. How and equipment to operate the device by the members of the group
US10460227B2 (en) 2015-05-15 2019-10-29 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant in a communication session
DE102015006613A1 (en) * 2015-05-21 2016-11-24 Audi Ag Operating system and method for operating an operating system for a motor vehicle
CN106302330B (en) * 2015-05-21 2021-01-05 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 Identity verification method, device and system
KR20160138806A (en) * 2015-05-26 2016-12-06 엘지전자 주식회사 Glass type terminal and method for controlling the same
US10083688B2 (en) 2015-05-27 2018-09-25 Apple Inc. Device voice control for selecting a displayed affordance
US20180292907A1 (en) * 2015-05-28 2018-10-11 Itay Katz Gesture control system and method for smart home
US9578173B2 (en) 2015-06-05 2017-02-21 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant aided communication with 3rd party service in a communication session
US11025565B2 (en) 2015-06-07 2021-06-01 Apple Inc. Personalized prediction of responses for instant messaging
WO2016198723A1 (en) * 2015-06-09 2016-12-15 Nokia Technologies Oy Causing performance of an active scan
US9922220B2 (en) * 2015-06-11 2018-03-20 Digimarc Corporation Image block selection for efficient time-limited decoding
US10593007B1 (en) 2015-06-11 2020-03-17 Digimarc Corporation Methods and arrangements for configuring industrial inspection systems
US20160378747A1 (en) 2015-06-29 2016-12-29 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant for media playback
US10067569B2 (en) 2015-08-14 2018-09-04 Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. Touchless interface for a medical treatment system
EP3131311B1 (en) * 2015-08-14 2019-06-19 Nokia Technologies Oy Monitoring
US10437415B2 (en) * 2015-08-18 2019-10-08 Sony Corporation System, method, and device for controlling a display
US10671428B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-06-02 Apple Inc. Distributed personal assistant
US10747498B2 (en) 2015-09-08 2020-08-18 Apple Inc. Zero latency digital assistant
US11182600B2 (en) * 2015-09-24 2021-11-23 International Business Machines Corporation Automatic selection of event video content
US10691214B2 (en) 2015-10-12 2020-06-23 Honeywell International Inc. Gesture control of building automation system components during installation and/or maintenance
US20170300618A1 (en) * 2015-10-28 2017-10-19 Michael J O'Leary Collecting and Processing Medical Imagery
US10180469B2 (en) 2015-10-28 2019-01-15 Siemens Healthcare Gmbh Gesture-controlled MR imaging system and method
US10691473B2 (en) 2015-11-06 2020-06-23 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant in a messaging environment
US10956666B2 (en) 2015-11-09 2021-03-23 Apple Inc. Unconventional virtual assistant interactions
CN105356060B (en) * 2015-11-10 2017-11-28 北京航天控制仪器研究所 The scan control method of azimuth axis of antenna when a kind of communication in moving seeks star
CN108020158A (en) * 2016-11-04 2018-05-11 浙江大华技术股份有限公司 A kind of three-dimensional position measuring method and device based on ball machine
US10861177B2 (en) * 2015-11-11 2020-12-08 Zhejiang Dahua Technology Co., Ltd. Methods and systems for binocular stereo vision
US10049668B2 (en) 2015-12-02 2018-08-14 Apple Inc. Applying neural network language models to weighted finite state transducers for automatic speech recognition
US10289381B2 (en) * 2015-12-07 2019-05-14 Motorola Mobility Llc Methods and systems for controlling an electronic device in response to detected social cues
DE102015016271A1 (en) 2015-12-15 2017-06-22 Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland Gmbh System and method for detecting an operating condition or a course of treatment in a blood treatment
WO2017107086A1 (en) * 2015-12-23 2017-06-29 Intel Corporation Touch gesture detection assessment
US10223066B2 (en) 2015-12-23 2019-03-05 Apple Inc. Proactive assistance based on dialog communication between devices
JP2017117211A (en) * 2015-12-24 2017-06-29 富士通株式会社 Detection device, method, and program
US11055552B2 (en) * 2016-01-12 2021-07-06 Disney Enterprises, Inc. Systems and methods for detecting light signatures and performing actions in response thereto
FR3049078B1 (en) * 2016-03-21 2019-11-29 Valeo Vision VOICE AND / OR GESTUAL RECOGNITION CONTROL DEVICE AND METHOD FOR INTERIOR LIGHTING OF A VEHICLE
EP3223237B1 (en) * 2016-03-22 2020-05-27 Tata Consultancy Services Limited Systems and methods for detecting and tracking a marker
KR102460105B1 (en) 2016-05-03 2022-10-27 삼성에스디에스 주식회사 Method for providing conference service and apparatus thereof
DE102016108885A1 (en) * 2016-05-13 2017-11-16 Visteon Global Technologies, Inc. Method for contactless moving of visual information
WO2017205983A1 (en) * 2016-06-02 2017-12-07 Bigmotion Technologies Inc. Systems and methods for walking speed estimation
US11227589B2 (en) 2016-06-06 2022-01-18 Apple Inc. Intelligent list reading
US10049663B2 (en) 2016-06-08 2018-08-14 Apple, Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for media exploration
US10586535B2 (en) 2016-06-10 2020-03-10 Apple Inc. Intelligent digital assistant in a multi-tasking environment
DK201670540A1 (en) 2016-06-11 2018-01-08 Apple Inc Application integration with a digital assistant
DK179415B1 (en) 2016-06-11 2018-06-14 Apple Inc Intelligent device arbitration and control
US10140776B2 (en) * 2016-06-13 2018-11-27 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Altering properties of rendered objects via control points
US10529302B2 (en) 2016-07-07 2020-01-07 Oblong Industries, Inc. Spatially mediated augmentations of and interactions among distinct devices and applications via extended pixel manifold
US11269480B2 (en) * 2016-08-23 2022-03-08 Reavire, Inc. Controlling objects using virtual rays
US10474753B2 (en) 2016-09-07 2019-11-12 Apple Inc. Language identification using recurrent neural networks
US10043516B2 (en) 2016-09-23 2018-08-07 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant
US11073980B2 (en) 2016-09-29 2021-07-27 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc User interfaces for bi-manual control
KR102594792B1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2023-10-30 엘지디스플레이 주식회사 Organic light emitting display device and controlling method thereof
US10147243B2 (en) * 2016-12-05 2018-12-04 Google Llc Generating virtual notation surfaces with gestures in an augmented and/or virtual reality environment
US11281993B2 (en) 2016-12-05 2022-03-22 Apple Inc. Model and ensemble compression for metric learning
TWI586410B (en) * 2016-12-07 2017-06-11 Rong-Zhao Hong A method of controlling the dynamics of virtual objects
US10593346B2 (en) 2016-12-22 2020-03-17 Apple Inc. Rank-reduced token representation for automatic speech recognition
US11204787B2 (en) 2017-01-09 2021-12-21 Apple Inc. Application integration with a digital assistant
US20180204344A1 (en) * 2017-01-17 2018-07-19 Thika Holdings Llc Method and system for data encoding from media for mechanical output
EP3582707A4 (en) * 2017-02-17 2020-11-25 NZ Technologies Inc. Methods and systems for touchless control of surgical environment
TWI634487B (en) * 2017-03-02 2018-09-01 合盈光電科技股份有限公司 Action gesture recognition system
CN107016395B (en) * 2017-03-18 2021-02-26 复旦大学 Identification system for sparsely expressed primary brain lymphomas and glioblastomas
US11237635B2 (en) 2017-04-26 2022-02-01 Cognixion Nonverbal multi-input and feedback devices for user intended computer control and communication of text, graphics and audio
US11402909B2 (en) 2017-04-26 2022-08-02 Cognixion Brain computer interface for augmented reality
US10623188B2 (en) 2017-04-26 2020-04-14 Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. Securely distributing medical prescriptions
DK201770383A1 (en) 2017-05-09 2018-12-14 Apple Inc. User interface for correcting recognition errors
US10417266B2 (en) 2017-05-09 2019-09-17 Apple Inc. Context-aware ranking of intelligent response suggestions
US10726832B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2020-07-28 Apple Inc. Maintaining privacy of personal information
US10395654B2 (en) 2017-05-11 2019-08-27 Apple Inc. Text normalization based on a data-driven learning network
DK201770439A1 (en) 2017-05-11 2018-12-13 Apple Inc. Offline personal assistant
DK179745B1 (en) 2017-05-12 2019-05-01 Apple Inc. SYNCHRONIZATION AND TASK DELEGATION OF A DIGITAL ASSISTANT
DK179496B1 (en) 2017-05-12 2019-01-15 Apple Inc. USER-SPECIFIC Acoustic Models
DK201770428A1 (en) 2017-05-12 2019-02-18 Apple Inc. Low-latency intelligent automated assistant
US11301477B2 (en) 2017-05-12 2022-04-12 Apple Inc. Feedback analysis of a digital assistant
DK201770431A1 (en) 2017-05-15 2018-12-20 Apple Inc. Optimizing dialogue policy decisions for digital assistants using implicit feedback
DK201770432A1 (en) 2017-05-15 2018-12-21 Apple Inc. Hierarchical belief states for digital assistants
US10311144B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-06-04 Apple Inc. Emoji word sense disambiguation
US20180336892A1 (en) 2017-05-16 2018-11-22 Apple Inc. Detecting a trigger of a digital assistant
US10303715B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-05-28 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for media exploration
DK179560B1 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-02-18 Apple Inc. Far-field extension for digital assistant services
US10403278B2 (en) 2017-05-16 2019-09-03 Apple Inc. Methods and systems for phonetic matching in digital assistant services
US10657328B2 (en) 2017-06-02 2020-05-19 Apple Inc. Multi-task recurrent neural network architecture for efficient morphology handling in neural language modeling
DE102017113763B4 (en) * 2017-06-21 2022-03-17 SMR Patents S.à.r.l. Method for operating a display device for a motor vehicle and motor vehicle
US20190073040A1 (en) * 2017-09-05 2019-03-07 Future Mobility Corporation Limited Gesture and motion based control of user interfaces
EP3454177B1 (en) * 2017-09-11 2020-06-10 Barco N.V. Method and system for efficient gesture control of equipment
CN109491496A (en) * 2017-09-12 2019-03-19 精工爱普生株式会社 The control method of head-mount type display unit and head-mount type display unit
US10893955B2 (en) 2017-09-14 2021-01-19 Orthosensor Inc. Non-symmetrical insert sensing system and method therefor
US10445429B2 (en) 2017-09-21 2019-10-15 Apple Inc. Natural language understanding using vocabularies with compressed serialized tries
US10755051B2 (en) 2017-09-29 2020-08-25 Apple Inc. Rule-based natural language processing
US11373650B2 (en) * 2017-10-17 2022-06-28 Sony Corporation Information processing device and information processing method
US10762658B2 (en) * 2017-10-24 2020-09-01 Altek Corporation Method and image pick-up apparatus for calculating coordinates of object being captured using fisheye images
US11100913B2 (en) 2017-11-14 2021-08-24 Thomas STACHURA Information security/privacy via a decoupled security cap to an always listening assistant device
US10999733B2 (en) 2017-11-14 2021-05-04 Thomas STACHURA Information security/privacy via a decoupled security accessory to an always listening device
US10872607B2 (en) 2017-11-14 2020-12-22 Thomas STACHURA Information choice and security via a decoupled router with an always listening assistant device
US10867623B2 (en) 2017-11-14 2020-12-15 Thomas STACHURA Secure and private processing of gestures via video input
US10867054B2 (en) 2017-11-14 2020-12-15 Thomas STACHURA Information security/privacy via a decoupled security accessory to an always listening assistant device
US10671238B2 (en) * 2017-11-17 2020-06-02 Adobe Inc. Position-dependent modification of descriptive content in a virtual reality environment
US10636424B2 (en) 2017-11-30 2020-04-28 Apple Inc. Multi-turn canned dialog
RU2017144578A (en) * 2017-12-19 2019-06-20 Александр Борисович Бобровников The method of input-output information in the user device and its constructive implementation
CN111602338A (en) * 2017-12-20 2020-08-28 豪倍公司 Gesture control for in-wall devices
EP3502835A1 (en) * 2017-12-20 2019-06-26 Nokia Technologies Oy Gesture control of a data processing apparatus
CN109947282A (en) * 2017-12-20 2019-06-28 致伸科技股份有限公司 Touch-control system and its method
KR102041965B1 (en) * 2017-12-26 2019-11-27 엘지전자 주식회사 Display device mounted on vehicle
US10937240B2 (en) 2018-01-04 2021-03-02 Intel Corporation Augmented reality bindings of physical objects and virtual objects
US10733982B2 (en) 2018-01-08 2020-08-04 Apple Inc. Multi-directional dialog
US10733375B2 (en) 2018-01-31 2020-08-04 Apple Inc. Knowledge-based framework for improving natural language understanding
US10789959B2 (en) 2018-03-02 2020-09-29 Apple Inc. Training speaker recognition models for digital assistants
US10592604B2 (en) 2018-03-12 2020-03-17 Apple Inc. Inverse text normalization for automatic speech recognition
US10715718B2 (en) * 2018-03-15 2020-07-14 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Phase detect auto-focus three dimensional image capture system
US10818288B2 (en) 2018-03-26 2020-10-27 Apple Inc. Natural assistant interaction
US10733718B1 (en) * 2018-03-27 2020-08-04 Regents Of The University Of Minnesota Corruption detection for digital three-dimensional environment reconstruction
US10909331B2 (en) 2018-03-30 2021-02-02 Apple Inc. Implicit identification of translation payload with neural machine translation
EP4130941A1 (en) 2018-05-04 2023-02-08 Google LLC Hot-word free adaptation of automated assistant function(s)
JP2021521497A (en) 2018-05-04 2021-08-26 グーグル エルエルシーGoogle LLC Adaptation of automated assistants based on detected mouth movements and / or gaze
EP3596585B1 (en) 2018-05-04 2022-01-12 Google LLC Invoking automated assistant function(s) based on detected gesture and gaze
US11145294B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-10-12 Apple Inc. Intelligent automated assistant for delivering content from user experiences
US10928918B2 (en) 2018-05-07 2021-02-23 Apple Inc. Raise to speak
US10984780B2 (en) 2018-05-21 2021-04-20 Apple Inc. Global semantic word embeddings using bi-directional recurrent neural networks
US11875012B2 (en) 2018-05-25 2024-01-16 Ultrahaptics IP Two Limited Throwable interface for augmented reality and virtual reality environments
JP2021141346A (en) 2018-05-31 2021-09-16 ソニーグループ株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method, and program
US10892996B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2021-01-12 Apple Inc. Variable latency device coordination
DK201870355A1 (en) 2018-06-01 2019-12-16 Apple Inc. Virtual assistant operation in multi-device environments
US11386266B2 (en) 2018-06-01 2022-07-12 Apple Inc. Text correction
DK179822B1 (en) 2018-06-01 2019-07-12 Apple Inc. Voice interaction at a primary device to access call functionality of a companion device
DK180639B1 (en) 2018-06-01 2021-11-04 Apple Inc DISABILITY OF ATTENTION-ATTENTIVE VIRTUAL ASSISTANT
US10496705B1 (en) 2018-06-03 2019-12-03 Apple Inc. Accelerated task performance
US11195336B2 (en) 2018-06-08 2021-12-07 Vulcan Inc. Framework for augmented reality applications
CN108854072A (en) * 2018-06-22 2018-11-23 北京心智互动科技有限公司 A kind of voice prompt method and device
US10996831B2 (en) * 2018-06-29 2021-05-04 Vulcan Inc. Augmented reality cursors
US10748344B2 (en) * 2018-09-12 2020-08-18 Seiko Epson Corporation Methods and devices for user interaction in augmented reality
US11010561B2 (en) 2018-09-27 2021-05-18 Apple Inc. Sentiment prediction from textual data
US10839159B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2020-11-17 Apple Inc. Named entity normalization in a spoken dialog system
US11170166B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2021-11-09 Apple Inc. Neural typographical error modeling via generative adversarial networks
US11462215B2 (en) 2018-09-28 2022-10-04 Apple Inc. Multi-modal inputs for voice commands
US11475898B2 (en) 2018-10-26 2022-10-18 Apple Inc. Low-latency multi-speaker speech recognition
CN109343713B (en) * 2018-10-31 2022-02-11 重庆子元科技有限公司 Human body action mapping method based on inertial measurement unit
WO2020095784A1 (en) * 2018-11-06 2020-05-14 日本電気株式会社 Display control device, display control method, and nontemporary computer-readable medium in which program is stored
US11638059B2 (en) 2019-01-04 2023-04-25 Apple Inc. Content playback on multiple devices
CN109727596B (en) * 2019-01-04 2020-03-17 北京市第一〇一中学 Method for controlling remote controller and remote controller
US11320911B2 (en) * 2019-01-11 2022-05-03 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Hand motion and orientation-aware buttons and grabbable objects in mixed reality
CA3129378A1 (en) 2019-02-07 2020-08-13 Thomas Stachura Privacy device for smart speakers
US11348573B2 (en) 2019-03-18 2022-05-31 Apple Inc. Multimodality in digital assistant systems
US11423908B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-08-23 Apple Inc. Interpreting spoken requests
US11475884B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-10-18 Apple Inc. Reducing digital assistant latency when a language is incorrectly determined
DK201970509A1 (en) 2019-05-06 2021-01-15 Apple Inc Spoken notifications
US11307752B2 (en) 2019-05-06 2022-04-19 Apple Inc. User configurable task triggers
US11140099B2 (en) 2019-05-21 2021-10-05 Apple Inc. Providing message response suggestions
US10824239B1 (en) * 2019-05-29 2020-11-03 Dell Products L.P. Projecting and receiving input from one or more input interfaces attached to a display device
US11496600B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-11-08 Apple Inc. Remote execution of machine-learned models
DK180129B1 (en) 2019-05-31 2020-06-02 Apple Inc. User activity shortcut suggestions
US11289073B2 (en) 2019-05-31 2022-03-29 Apple Inc. Device text to speech
DK201970511A1 (en) 2019-05-31 2021-02-15 Apple Inc Voice identification in digital assistant systems
US11360641B2 (en) 2019-06-01 2022-06-14 Apple Inc. Increasing the relevance of new available information
CN110348446A (en) * 2019-06-24 2019-10-18 西安艾润物联网技术服务有限责任公司 Image processing method and device
US11488406B2 (en) 2019-09-25 2022-11-01 Apple Inc. Text detection using global geometry estimators
US11812978B2 (en) 2019-10-15 2023-11-14 Orthosensor Inc. Knee balancing system using patient specific instruments
US11093046B2 (en) 2019-12-16 2021-08-17 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Sub-display designation for remote content source device
US11404028B2 (en) 2019-12-16 2022-08-02 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Sub-display notification handling
US11487423B2 (en) * 2019-12-16 2022-11-01 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Sub-display input areas and hidden inputs
US11042222B1 (en) 2019-12-16 2021-06-22 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Sub-display designation and sharing
DE102019135192A1 (en) * 2019-12-19 2021-06-24 Connaught Electronics Ltd. Method for determining a state of a tailgate of a flatbed vehicle by evaluating a region of interest, computer program product, electronic computing device and camera system
US20230153062A1 (en) * 2020-04-21 2023-05-18 Saint Louis University Verbal interface systems and methods for verbal control of digital devices
CN212972930U (en) 2020-04-21 2021-04-16 上海联影医疗科技股份有限公司 Magnetic resonance system
JP7233399B2 (en) * 2020-06-23 2023-03-06 任天堂株式会社 GAME PROGRAM, GAME DEVICE, GAME SYSTEM, AND GAME PROCESSING METHOD
CN115735177A (en) * 2020-06-30 2023-03-03 美国斯耐普公司 Eyeglasses including shared object manipulation AR experience
CN111984124A (en) * 2020-09-02 2020-11-24 广州彩熠灯光股份有限公司 Operation method and medium of stage lighting console and stage lighting console
CN111984125A (en) * 2020-09-02 2020-11-24 广州彩熠灯光股份有限公司 Stage lighting console operation method, medium and stage lighting console
US11712797B2 (en) * 2020-09-11 2023-08-01 Fanuc Corporation Dual hand detection in teaching from demonstration
WO2022170105A1 (en) * 2021-02-05 2022-08-11 Pepsico, Inc. Devices, systems, and methods for contactless interfacing
US11507185B1 (en) * 2021-09-13 2022-11-22 Lenovo (United States) Inc. Electrooculography-based eye tracking using normalized electrode input
CN113763573B (en) * 2021-09-17 2023-07-11 北京京航计算通讯研究所 Digital labeling method and device for three-dimensional object
US20230205320A1 (en) * 2021-12-23 2023-06-29 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Gesture Recognition Systems and Methods for Facilitating Touchless User Interaction with a User Interface of a Computer System

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6072467A (en) * 1996-05-03 2000-06-06 Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America, Inc. (Ita) Continuously variable control of animated on-screen characters
US20040193413A1 (en) * 2003-03-25 2004-09-30 Wilson Andrew D. Architecture for controlling a computer using hand gestures
US6982697B2 (en) * 2002-02-07 2006-01-03 Microsoft Corporation System and process for selecting objects in a ubiquitous computing environment
US6990639B2 (en) * 2002-02-07 2006-01-24 Microsoft Corporation System and process for controlling electronic components in a ubiquitous computing environment using multimodal integration
US20070243931A1 (en) * 2006-04-14 2007-10-18 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game apparatus and game program

Family Cites Families (343)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4288078A (en) * 1979-11-20 1981-09-08 Lugo Julio I Game apparatus
US4695953A (en) 1983-08-25 1987-09-22 Blair Preston E TV animation interactively controlled by the viewer
US4630910A (en) 1984-02-16 1986-12-23 Robotic Vision Systems, Inc. Method of measuring in three-dimensions at high speed
US4627620A (en) 1984-12-26 1986-12-09 Yang John P Electronic athlete trainer for improving skills in reflex, speed and accuracy
US4645458A (en) 1985-04-15 1987-02-24 Harald Phillip Athletic evaluation and training apparatus
US4702475A (en) 1985-08-16 1987-10-27 Innovating Training Products, Inc. Sports technique and reaction training system
US4843568A (en) 1986-04-11 1989-06-27 Krueger Myron W Real time perception of and response to the actions of an unencumbered participant/user
US4711543A (en) 1986-04-14 1987-12-08 Blair Preston E TV animation interactively controlled by the viewer
US4796997A (en) 1986-05-27 1989-01-10 Synthetic Vision Systems, Inc. Method and system for high-speed, 3-D imaging of an object at a vision station
US5184295A (en) 1986-05-30 1993-02-02 Mann Ralph V System and method for teaching physical skills
US4751642A (en) 1986-08-29 1988-06-14 Silva John M Interactive sports simulation system with physiological sensing and psychological conditioning
US4809065A (en) 1986-12-01 1989-02-28 Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba Interactive system and related method for displaying data to produce a three-dimensional image of an object
US4817950A (en) 1987-05-08 1989-04-04 Goo Paul E Video game control unit and attitude sensor
JP2692863B2 (en) 1988-06-24 1997-12-17 株式会社東芝 Wireless telephone equipment
US5239464A (en) 1988-08-04 1993-08-24 Blair Preston E Interactive video system providing repeated switching of multiple tracks of actions sequences
US5239463A (en) 1988-08-04 1993-08-24 Blair Preston E Method and apparatus for player interaction with animated characters and objects
US4901362A (en) 1988-08-08 1990-02-13 Raytheon Company Method of recognizing patterns
US4893183A (en) 1988-08-11 1990-01-09 Carnegie-Mellon University Robotic vision system
JPH02199526A (en) 1988-10-14 1990-08-07 David G Capper Control interface apparatus
US4925189A (en) 1989-01-13 1990-05-15 Braeunig Thomas F Body-mounted video game exercise device
US5229756A (en) 1989-02-07 1993-07-20 Yamaha Corporation Image control apparatus
US5252951A (en) * 1989-04-28 1993-10-12 International Business Machines Corporation Graphical user interface with gesture recognition in a multiapplication environment
US5157384A (en) * 1989-04-28 1992-10-20 International Business Machines Corporation Advanced user interface
US5469740A (en) 1989-07-14 1995-11-28 Impulse Technology, Inc. Interactive video testing and training system
US5139261A (en) 1989-09-15 1992-08-18 Openiano Renato M Foot-actuated computer game controller serving as a joystick
US5156243A (en) 1989-11-15 1992-10-20 Mazda Motor Corporation Operation apparatus for vehicle automatic transmission mechanism
JPH03103822U (en) 1990-02-13 1991-10-29
US5101444A (en) 1990-05-18 1992-03-31 Panacea, Inc. Method and apparatus for high speed object location
US5181181A (en) * 1990-09-27 1993-01-19 Triton Technologies, Inc. Computer apparatus input device for three-dimensional information
US5148154A (en) 1990-12-04 1992-09-15 Sony Corporation Of America Multi-dimensional user interface
US5534917A (en) 1991-05-09 1996-07-09 Very Vivid, Inc. Video image based control system
US5417210A (en) 1992-05-27 1995-05-23 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for augmentation of endoscopic surgery
US5295491A (en) 1991-09-26 1994-03-22 Sam Technology, Inc. Non-invasive human neurocognitive performance capability testing method and system
US6054991A (en) 1991-12-02 2000-04-25 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method of modeling player position and movement in a virtual reality system
DE69229474T2 (en) 1991-12-03 2000-03-02 French Sportech Corp INTERACTIVE VIDEO SYSTEM FOR OBSERVING AND TRAINING THE PERFORMANCE OF A PERSON
US5875108A (en) 1991-12-23 1999-02-23 Hoffberg; Steven M. Ergonomic man-machine interface incorporating adaptive pattern recognition based control system
JPH07325934A (en) 1992-07-10 1995-12-12 Walt Disney Co:The Method and equipment for provision of graphics enhanced to virtual world
US5999908A (en) 1992-08-06 1999-12-07 Abelow; Daniel H. Customer-based product design module
US5320538A (en) 1992-09-23 1994-06-14 Hughes Training, Inc. Interactive aircraft training system and method
IT1257294B (en) 1992-11-20 1996-01-12 DEVICE SUITABLE TO DETECT THE CONFIGURATION OF A PHYSIOLOGICAL-DISTAL UNIT, TO BE USED IN PARTICULAR AS AN ADVANCED INTERFACE FOR MACHINES AND CALCULATORS.
US5495576A (en) 1993-01-11 1996-02-27 Ritchey; Kurtis J. Panoramic image based virtual reality/telepresence audio-visual system and method
US5690582A (en) 1993-02-02 1997-11-25 Tectrix Fitness Equipment, Inc. Interactive exercise apparatus
US5525901A (en) 1993-02-02 1996-06-11 Beaudreau Electric, Inc. Sensor systems for monitoring and measuring angular position in two or three axes
JP2799126B2 (en) 1993-03-26 1998-09-17 株式会社ナムコ Video game device and game input device
US5405152A (en) 1993-06-08 1995-04-11 The Walt Disney Company Method and apparatus for an interactive video game with physical feedback
US5414643A (en) * 1993-06-14 1995-05-09 Hughes Aircraft Company Method and apparatus for continuous time representation of multiple hypothesis tracking data
WO1995000860A1 (en) 1993-06-21 1995-01-05 Elke Van Buren System for summoning help for vehicle occupants or other people carrying a mobile telephone
US5801943A (en) 1993-07-23 1998-09-01 Condition Monitoring Systems Traffic surveillance and simulation apparatus
US5454043A (en) 1993-07-30 1995-09-26 Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. Dynamic and static hand gesture recognition through low-level image analysis
US5423554A (en) 1993-09-24 1995-06-13 Metamedia Ventures, Inc. Virtual reality game method and apparatus
US5980256A (en) 1993-10-29 1999-11-09 Carmein; David E. E. Virtual reality system with enhanced sensory apparatus
JP3419050B2 (en) 1993-11-19 2003-06-23 株式会社日立製作所 Input device
US5347306A (en) 1993-12-17 1994-09-13 Mitsubishi Electric Research Laboratories, Inc. Animated electronic meeting place
US5959574A (en) 1993-12-21 1999-09-28 Colorado State University Research Foundation Method and system for tracking multiple regional objects by multi-dimensional relaxation
JP2552427B2 (en) * 1993-12-28 1996-11-13 コナミ株式会社 Tv play system
US5577981A (en) 1994-01-19 1996-11-26 Jarvik; Robert Virtual reality exercise machine and computer controlled video system
US5615132A (en) 1994-01-21 1997-03-25 Crossbow Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for determining position and orientation of a moveable object using accelerometers
US5580249A (en) 1994-02-14 1996-12-03 Sarcos Group Apparatus for simulating mobility of a human
US5732227A (en) 1994-07-05 1998-03-24 Hitachi, Ltd. Interactive information processing system responsive to user manipulation of physical objects and displayed images
US5597309A (en) 1994-03-28 1997-01-28 Riess; Thomas Method and apparatus for treatment of gait problems associated with parkinson's disease
US5385519A (en) 1994-04-19 1995-01-31 Hsu; Chi-Hsueh Running machine
JP3267047B2 (en) 1994-04-25 2002-03-18 株式会社日立製作所 Information processing device by voice
US5528263A (en) * 1994-06-15 1996-06-18 Daniel M. Platzker Interactive projected video image display system
US5524637A (en) 1994-06-29 1996-06-11 Erickson; Jon W. Interactive system for measuring physiological exertion
JPH0844490A (en) 1994-07-28 1996-02-16 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Interface device
US5563988A (en) 1994-08-01 1996-10-08 Massachusetts Institute Of Technology Method and system for facilitating wireless, full-body, real-time user interaction with a digitally represented visual environment
JPH0863326A (en) * 1994-08-22 1996-03-08 Hitachi Ltd Image processing device/method
US6714665B1 (en) 1994-09-02 2004-03-30 Sarnoff Corporation Fully automated iris recognition system utilizing wide and narrow fields of view
US5516105A (en) 1994-10-06 1996-05-14 Exergame, Inc. Acceleration activated joystick
US5638300A (en) 1994-12-05 1997-06-10 Johnson; Lee E. Golf swing analysis system
JPH08161292A (en) 1994-12-09 1996-06-21 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Method and system for detecting congestion degree
US5594469A (en) 1995-02-21 1997-01-14 Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America Inc. Hand gesture machine control system
US5682229A (en) 1995-04-14 1997-10-28 Schwartz Electro-Optics, Inc. Laser range camera
DE69634913T2 (en) 1995-04-28 2006-01-05 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd., Kadoma INTERFACE DEVICE
US5757360A (en) 1995-05-03 1998-05-26 Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America, Inc. Hand held computer control device
DE19516664C1 (en) * 1995-05-05 1996-08-29 Siemens Ag Processor-supported detection of selective target object in image
US5913727A (en) 1995-06-02 1999-06-22 Ahdoot; Ned Interactive movement and contact simulation game
JP3481631B2 (en) 1995-06-07 2003-12-22 ザ トラスティース オブ コロンビア ユニヴァーシティー イン ザ シティー オブ ニューヨーク Apparatus and method for determining a three-dimensional shape of an object using relative blur in an image due to active illumination and defocus
US5682196A (en) 1995-06-22 1997-10-28 Actv, Inc. Three-dimensional (3D) video presentation system providing interactive 3D presentation with personalized audio responses for multiple viewers
US5702323A (en) 1995-07-26 1997-12-30 Poulton; Craig K. Electronic exercise enhancer
US5611731A (en) 1995-09-08 1997-03-18 Thrustmaster, Inc. Video pinball machine controller having an optical accelerometer for detecting slide and tilt
JPH0981309A (en) * 1995-09-13 1997-03-28 Toshiba Corp Input device
US6073489A (en) 1995-11-06 2000-06-13 French; Barry J. Testing and training system for assessing the ability of a player to complete a task
US6430997B1 (en) 1995-11-06 2002-08-13 Trazer Technologies, Inc. System and method for tracking and assessing movement skills in multidimensional space
US6098458A (en) 1995-11-06 2000-08-08 Impulse Technology, Ltd. Testing and training system for assessing movement and agility skills without a confining field
US6308565B1 (en) 1995-11-06 2001-10-30 Impulse Technology Ltd. System and method for tracking and assessing movement skills in multidimensional space
US6176782B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2001-01-23 Philips Electronics North America Corp. Motion-based command generation technology
US5933125A (en) 1995-11-27 1999-08-03 Cae Electronics, Ltd. Method and apparatus for reducing instability in the display of a virtual environment
US5641288A (en) 1996-01-11 1997-06-24 Zaenglein, Jr.; William G. Shooting simulating process and training device using a virtual reality display screen
US6152856A (en) 1996-05-08 2000-11-28 Real Vision Corporation Real time simulation using position sensing
US6173066B1 (en) 1996-05-21 2001-01-09 Cybernet Systems Corporation Pose determination and tracking by matching 3D objects to a 2D sensor
US6002808A (en) * 1996-07-26 1999-12-14 Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America, Inc. Hand gesture control system
US5989157A (en) 1996-08-06 1999-11-23 Walton; Charles A. Exercising system with electronic inertial game playing
CN1168057C (en) 1996-08-14 2004-09-22 挪拉赫梅特·挪利斯拉莫维奇·拉都包夫 Method for following and imaging a subject's three-dimensional position and orientation, method for presenting a virtual space to a subject,and systems for implementing said methods
JPH1084405A (en) 1996-09-09 1998-03-31 Pioneer Electron Corp On-vehicle portable telephone system and on-vehicle telephone set
JP3064928B2 (en) 1996-09-20 2000-07-12 日本電気株式会社 Subject extraction method
US5909189A (en) 1996-11-14 1999-06-01 Raytheon Company Group tracking
DE69626208T2 (en) 1996-12-20 2003-11-13 Hitachi Europ Ltd Method and system for recognizing hand gestures
JP4120017B2 (en) 1997-01-30 2008-07-16 株式会社セガ INPUT DEVICE, GAME PROCESSING DEVICE, AND METHOD THEREOF
US6009210A (en) 1997-03-05 1999-12-28 Digital Equipment Corporation Hands-free interface to a virtual reality environment using head tracking
US6100896A (en) 1997-03-24 2000-08-08 Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America, Inc. System for designing graphical multi-participant environments
US5877803A (en) 1997-04-07 1999-03-02 Tritech Mircoelectronics International, Ltd. 3-D image detector
US6215898B1 (en) 1997-04-15 2001-04-10 Interval Research Corporation Data processing system and method
JPH10304464A (en) 1997-04-28 1998-11-13 Daihatsu Motor Co Ltd Control method for hands-free system
JPH10308802A (en) 1997-05-02 1998-11-17 Nissan Motor Co Ltd Mobile telephone set holder and mobile telephone set
US6263088B1 (en) 1997-06-19 2001-07-17 Ncr Corporation System and method for tracking movement of objects in a scene
US6295367B1 (en) 1997-06-19 2001-09-25 Emtera Corporation System and method for tracking movement of objects in a scene using correspondence graphs
CN101494646B (en) 1997-06-25 2013-10-02 三星电子株式会社 Method and apparatus for home network auto-tree builder
JP3077745B2 (en) 1997-07-31 2000-08-14 日本電気株式会社 Data processing method and apparatus, information storage medium
US6188777B1 (en) 1997-08-01 2001-02-13 Interval Research Corporation Method and apparatus for personnel detection and tracking
US6289112B1 (en) 1997-08-22 2001-09-11 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for determining block direction in fingerprint images
US6750848B1 (en) * 1998-11-09 2004-06-15 Timothy R. Pryor More useful man machine interfaces and applications
US20020036617A1 (en) * 1998-08-21 2002-03-28 Timothy R. Pryor Novel man machine interfaces and applications
US6720949B1 (en) 1997-08-22 2004-04-13 Timothy R. Pryor Man machine interfaces and applications
AUPO894497A0 (en) 1997-09-02 1997-09-25 Xenotech Research Pty Ltd Image processing method and apparatus
EP0905644A3 (en) 1997-09-26 2004-02-25 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Hand gesture recognizing device
US6141463A (en) 1997-10-10 2000-10-31 Electric Planet Interactive Method and system for estimating jointed-figure configurations
US6130677A (en) 1997-10-15 2000-10-10 Electric Planet, Inc. Interactive computer vision system
US6072494A (en) 1997-10-15 2000-06-06 Electric Planet, Inc. Method and apparatus for real-time gesture recognition
US6101289A (en) 1997-10-15 2000-08-08 Electric Planet, Inc. Method and apparatus for unencumbered capture of an object
WO1999019840A1 (en) 1997-10-15 1999-04-22 Electric Planet, Inc. A system and method for generating an animatable character
US6411744B1 (en) 1997-10-15 2002-06-25 Electric Planet, Inc. Method and apparatus for performing a clean background subtraction
US6162123A (en) 1997-11-25 2000-12-19 Woolston; Thomas G. Interactive electronic sword game
US6195104B1 (en) 1997-12-23 2001-02-27 Philips Electronics North America Corp. System and method for permitting three-dimensional navigation through a virtual reality environment using camera-based gesture inputs
US6181343B1 (en) 1997-12-23 2001-01-30 Philips Electronics North America Corp. System and method for permitting three-dimensional navigation through a virtual reality environment using camera-based gesture inputs
EP1059970A2 (en) 1998-03-03 2000-12-20 Arena, Inc, System and method for tracking and assessing movement skills in multidimensional space
US6067077A (en) 1998-04-10 2000-05-23 Immersion Corporation Position sensing for force feedback devices
US6301370B1 (en) * 1998-04-13 2001-10-09 Eyematic Interfaces, Inc. Face recognition from video images
US6269172B1 (en) 1998-04-13 2001-07-31 Compaq Computer Corporation Method for tracking the motion of a 3-D figure
US6159100A (en) 1998-04-23 2000-12-12 Smith; Michael D. Virtual reality game
US6657654B2 (en) 1998-04-29 2003-12-02 International Business Machines Corporation Camera for use with personal digital assistants with high speed communication link
US6421453B1 (en) * 1998-05-15 2002-07-16 International Business Machines Corporation Apparatus and methods for user recognition employing behavioral passwords
US6077201A (en) 1998-06-12 2000-06-20 Cheng; Chau-Yang Exercise bicycle
US6801637B2 (en) 1999-08-10 2004-10-05 Cybernet Systems Corporation Optical body tracker
US7036094B1 (en) 1998-08-10 2006-04-25 Cybernet Systems Corporation Behavior recognition system
US6950534B2 (en) 1998-08-10 2005-09-27 Cybernet Systems Corporation Gesture-controlled interfaces for self-service machines and other applications
US6681031B2 (en) 1998-08-10 2004-01-20 Cybernet Systems Corporation Gesture-controlled interfaces for self-service machines and other applications
US7121946B2 (en) 1998-08-10 2006-10-17 Cybernet Systems Corporation Real-time head tracking system for computer games and other applications
US20010008561A1 (en) 1999-08-10 2001-07-19 Paul George V. Real-time object tracking system
US6542621B1 (en) 1998-08-31 2003-04-01 Texas Instruments Incorporated Method of dealing with occlusion when tracking multiple objects and people in video sequences
IL126284A (en) 1998-09-17 2002-12-01 Netmor Ltd System and method for three dimensional positioning and tracking
EP0991011B1 (en) 1998-09-28 2007-07-25 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Method and device for segmenting hand gestures
EP1119845A1 (en) 1998-10-05 2001-08-01 Lernout & Hauspie Speech Products N.V. Speech controlled computer user interface
US6336565B1 (en) 1998-12-01 2002-01-08 Joseph J. Merkel Articulating truss boom
US6509889B2 (en) 1998-12-03 2003-01-21 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for enabling the adaptation of the input parameters for a computer system pointing device
AU1930700A (en) 1998-12-04 2000-06-26 Interval Research Corporation Background estimation and segmentation based on range and color
US6147678A (en) * 1998-12-09 2000-11-14 Lucent Technologies Inc. Video hand image-three-dimensional computer interface with multiple degrees of freedom
US6222465B1 (en) * 1998-12-09 2001-04-24 Lucent Technologies Inc. Gesture-based computer interface
WO2000036372A1 (en) 1998-12-16 2000-06-22 3Dv Systems, Ltd. Self gating photosurface
US6963937B1 (en) * 1998-12-17 2005-11-08 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for providing configurability and customization of adaptive user-input filtration
US6570555B1 (en) 1998-12-30 2003-05-27 Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for embodied conversational characters with multimodal input/output in an interface device
US6226388B1 (en) 1999-01-05 2001-05-01 Sharp Labs Of America, Inc. Method and apparatus for object tracking for automatic controls in video devices
US6363160B1 (en) 1999-01-22 2002-03-26 Intel Corporation Interface using pattern recognition and tracking
US6377296B1 (en) 1999-01-28 2002-04-23 International Business Machines Corporation Virtual map system and method for tracking objects
US7003134B1 (en) 1999-03-08 2006-02-21 Vulcan Patents Llc Three dimensional object pose estimation which employs dense depth information
US6299308B1 (en) 1999-04-02 2001-10-09 Cybernet Systems Corporation Low-cost non-imaging eye tracker system for computer control
US6591236B2 (en) 1999-04-13 2003-07-08 International Business Machines Corporation Method and system for determining available and alternative speech commands
US6503195B1 (en) 1999-05-24 2003-01-07 University Of North Carolina At Chapel Hill Methods and systems for real-time structured light depth extraction and endoscope using real-time structured light depth extraction
US6476834B1 (en) 1999-05-28 2002-11-05 International Business Machines Corporation Dynamic creation of selectable items on surfaces
US6545661B1 (en) 1999-06-21 2003-04-08 Midway Amusement Games, Llc Video game system having a control unit with an accelerometer for controlling a video game
AU5423500A (en) 1999-06-23 2001-01-31 Jimi Communications Ltd. Vehicle alert communications system
US6873723B1 (en) 1999-06-30 2005-03-29 Intel Corporation Segmenting three-dimensional video images using stereo
JP2001009152A (en) 1999-06-30 2001-01-16 Konami Co Ltd Game system and storage medium readable by computer
US6738066B1 (en) 1999-07-30 2004-05-18 Electric Plant, Inc. System, method and article of manufacture for detecting collisions between video images generated by a camera and an object depicted on a display
US7113918B1 (en) 1999-08-01 2006-09-26 Electric Planet, Inc. Method for video enabled electronic commerce
US7050606B2 (en) 1999-08-10 2006-05-23 Cybernet Systems Corporation Tracking and gesture recognition system particularly suited to vehicular control applications
JP2001070640A (en) 1999-09-07 2001-03-21 Konami Co Ltd Game machine
US6795567B1 (en) 1999-09-16 2004-09-21 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Method for efficiently tracking object models in video sequences via dynamic ordering of features
US6375572B1 (en) 1999-10-04 2002-04-23 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Portable game apparatus with acceleration sensor and information storage medium storing a game progam
US6642955B1 (en) 2000-01-10 2003-11-04 Extreme Cctv Inc. Surveillance camera system with infrared and visible light bandpass control circuit
US6663491B2 (en) 2000-02-18 2003-12-16 Namco Ltd. Game apparatus, storage medium and computer program that adjust tempo of sound
US7500917B2 (en) 2000-02-22 2009-03-10 Creative Kingdoms, Llc Magical wand and interactive play experience
US7878905B2 (en) * 2000-02-22 2011-02-01 Creative Kingdoms, Llc Multi-layered interactive play experience
US20020055383A1 (en) 2000-02-24 2002-05-09 Namco Ltd. Game system and program
JP2001239897A (en) 2000-02-28 2001-09-04 Toshiba Corp Vehicular information processing device, on-vehicle information processing device and information processing method
US6633294B1 (en) 2000-03-09 2003-10-14 Seth Rosenthal Method and apparatus for using captured high density motion for animation
US6980312B1 (en) 2000-04-24 2005-12-27 International Business Machines Corporation Multifunction office device having a graphical user interface implemented with a touch screen
EP1152261A1 (en) 2000-04-28 2001-11-07 CSEM Centre Suisse d'Electronique et de Microtechnique SA Device and method for spatially resolved photodetection and demodulation of modulated electromagnetic waves
US6640202B1 (en) 2000-05-25 2003-10-28 International Business Machines Corporation Elastic sensor mesh system for 3-dimensional measurement, mapping and kinematics applications
US6554706B2 (en) 2000-05-31 2003-04-29 Gerard Jounghyun Kim Methods and apparatus of displaying and evaluating motion data in a motion game apparatus
US6744420B2 (en) * 2000-06-01 2004-06-01 Olympus Optical Co., Ltd. Operation input apparatus using sensor attachable to operator's hand
US6731799B1 (en) 2000-06-01 2004-05-04 University Of Washington Object segmentation with background extraction and moving boundary techniques
US6788809B1 (en) 2000-06-30 2004-09-07 Intel Corporation System and method for gesture recognition in three dimensions using stereo imaging and color vision
US6753879B1 (en) 2000-07-03 2004-06-22 Intel Corporation Creating overlapping real and virtual images
US7227526B2 (en) 2000-07-24 2007-06-05 Gesturetek, Inc. Video-based image control system
US6377396B1 (en) 2000-09-26 2002-04-23 Onetta, Inc. Optical amplifiers with variable optical attenuation for use in fiber-optic communications systems
US7058204B2 (en) 2000-10-03 2006-06-06 Gesturetek, Inc. Multiple camera control system
WO2002033541A2 (en) * 2000-10-16 2002-04-25 Tangis Corporation Dynamically determining appropriate computer interfaces
US7039676B1 (en) 2000-10-31 2006-05-02 International Business Machines Corporation Using video image analysis to automatically transmit gestures over a network in a chat or instant messaging session
US7095401B2 (en) 2000-11-02 2006-08-22 Siemens Corporate Research, Inc. System and method for gesture interface
US6600475B2 (en) 2001-01-22 2003-07-29 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Single camera system for gesture-based input and target indication
US6888960B2 (en) 2001-03-28 2005-05-03 Nec Corporation Fast optimal linear approximation of the images of variably illuminated solid objects for recognition
US6804396B2 (en) 2001-03-28 2004-10-12 Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Gesture recognition system
US6539931B2 (en) 2001-04-16 2003-04-01 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V. Ball throwing assistant
GB2378776A (en) 2001-05-22 2003-02-19 Canon Kk Apparatus and method for managing a multi-modal interface in which the inputs feedback on each other
US7259747B2 (en) 2001-06-05 2007-08-21 Reactrix Systems, Inc. Interactive video display system
US8035612B2 (en) 2002-05-28 2011-10-11 Intellectual Ventures Holding 67 Llc Self-contained interactive video display system
US6594616B2 (en) 2001-06-18 2003-07-15 Microsoft Corporation System and method for providing a mobile input device
JP3420221B2 (en) 2001-06-29 2003-06-23 株式会社コナミコンピュータエンタテインメント東京 GAME DEVICE AND PROGRAM
US6868383B1 (en) 2001-07-12 2005-03-15 At&T Corp. Systems and methods for extracting meaning from multimodal inputs using finite-state devices
US7274800B2 (en) * 2001-07-18 2007-09-25 Intel Corporation Dynamic gesture recognition from stereo sequences
JP3816068B2 (en) 2001-08-06 2006-08-30 松下電器産業株式会社 Information providing method and information providing apparatus
JP2003062341A (en) 2001-08-22 2003-03-04 Nintendo Co Ltd Game system, puzzle game program, and recording medium with program recorded thereon
US7007236B2 (en) 2001-09-14 2006-02-28 Accenture Global Services Gmbh Lab window collaboration
US6937742B2 (en) 2001-09-28 2005-08-30 Bellsouth Intellectual Property Corporation Gesture activated home appliance
US20030069077A1 (en) * 2001-10-05 2003-04-10 Gene Korienek Wave-actuated, spell-casting magic wand with sensory feedback
AU2002342067A1 (en) * 2001-10-12 2003-04-22 Hrl Laboratories, Llc Vision-based pointer tracking method and apparatus
US7394346B2 (en) * 2002-01-15 2008-07-01 International Business Machines Corporation Free-space gesture recognition for transaction security and command processing
US10242255B2 (en) 2002-02-15 2019-03-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Gesture recognition system using depth perceptive sensors
US7340077B2 (en) 2002-02-15 2008-03-04 Canesta, Inc. Gesture recognition system using depth perceptive sensors
US6957090B2 (en) 2002-03-08 2005-10-18 Kyocera Wireless Corp. Hands-free car kit
US7233318B1 (en) 2002-03-13 2007-06-19 Apple Inc. Multi-button mouse
US6928344B2 (en) 2002-03-25 2005-08-09 Sun Microsystems, Inc. Vehicle mode manager
US7206435B2 (en) 2002-03-26 2007-04-17 Honda Giken Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Real-time eye detection and tracking under various light conditions
US7821541B2 (en) 2002-04-05 2010-10-26 Bruno Delean Remote control apparatus using gesture recognition
ATE321689T1 (en) 2002-04-19 2006-04-15 Iee Sarl SAFETY DEVICE FOR A VEHICLE
JP2003325972A (en) 2002-05-17 2003-11-18 Nintendo Co Ltd Game device changing sound and image in association with tilt operation, and game program therefor
JP3902508B2 (en) * 2002-05-20 2007-04-11 任天堂株式会社 Game system and game program
US7170492B2 (en) 2002-05-28 2007-01-30 Reactrix Systems, Inc. Interactive video display system
US7710391B2 (en) 2002-05-28 2010-05-04 Matthew Bell Processing an image utilizing a spatially varying pattern
US7348963B2 (en) 2002-05-28 2008-03-25 Reactrix Systems, Inc. Interactive video display system
US7489812B2 (en) 2002-06-07 2009-02-10 Dynamic Digital Depth Research Pty Ltd. Conversion and encoding techniques
JP5109221B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2012-12-26 新世代株式会社 Information processing device equipped with an input system using a stroboscope
US20040001113A1 (en) 2002-06-28 2004-01-01 John Zipperer Method and apparatus for spline-based trajectory classification, gesture detection and localization
US7225414B1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2007-05-29 Videomining Corporation Method and system for virtual touch entertainment
WO2004027685A2 (en) 2002-09-19 2004-04-01 The Penn State Research Foundation Prosody based audio/visual co-analysis for co-verbal gesture recognition
US20040113933A1 (en) 2002-10-08 2004-06-17 Northrop Grumman Corporation Split and merge behavior analysis and understanding using Hidden Markov Models
US7030856B2 (en) * 2002-10-15 2006-04-18 Sony Corporation Method and system for controlling a display device
US20040095317A1 (en) * 2002-11-20 2004-05-20 Jingxi Zhang Method and apparatus of universal remote pointing control for home entertainment system and computer
US7576727B2 (en) 2002-12-13 2009-08-18 Matthew Bell Interactive directed light/sound system
JP4235729B2 (en) 2003-02-03 2009-03-11 国立大学法人静岡大学 Distance image sensor
US9177387B2 (en) 2003-02-11 2015-11-03 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Method and apparatus for real time motion capture
US7665041B2 (en) 2003-03-25 2010-02-16 Microsoft Corporation Architecture for controlling a computer using hand gestures
EP1477924B1 (en) 2003-03-31 2007-05-02 HONDA MOTOR CO., Ltd. Gesture recognition apparatus, method and program
US8614741B2 (en) 2003-03-31 2013-12-24 Alcatel Lucent Method and apparatus for intelligent and automatic sensor control using multimedia database system
DE10316477A1 (en) 2003-04-09 2004-10-28 Daimlerchrysler Ag User interface and communication system for a motor vehicle and associated operating methods
US8072470B2 (en) 2003-05-29 2011-12-06 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. System and method for providing a real-time three-dimensional interactive environment
US7372977B2 (en) 2003-05-29 2008-05-13 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Visual tracking using depth data
US7639148B2 (en) 2003-06-06 2009-12-29 Volvo Technology Corporation Method and arrangement for controlling vehicular subsystems based on interpreted driver activity
EP3190546A3 (en) 2003-06-12 2017-10-04 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Target orientation estimation using depth sensing
US7292152B2 (en) 2003-06-12 2007-11-06 Temic Automotive Of North America, Inc. Method and apparatus for classifying vehicle operator activity state
US7038661B2 (en) 2003-06-13 2006-05-02 Microsoft Corporation Pointing device and cursor for use in intelligent computing environments
DE10330613A1 (en) 2003-07-07 2005-01-27 Robert Bosch Gmbh Speed-dependent service provision in a motor vehicle
US20050037730A1 (en) 2003-08-12 2005-02-17 Albert Montague Mobile wireless phone with impact sensor, detects vehicle accidents/thefts, transmits medical exigency-automatically notifies authorities
US7874917B2 (en) * 2003-09-15 2011-01-25 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Methods and systems for enabling depth and direction detection when interfacing with a computer program
US8287373B2 (en) * 2008-12-05 2012-10-16 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Control device for communicating visual information
US20050076161A1 (en) 2003-10-03 2005-04-07 Amro Albanna Input system and method
WO2005041579A2 (en) 2003-10-24 2005-05-06 Reactrix Systems, Inc. Method and system for processing captured image information in an interactive video display system
JP2005173702A (en) 2003-12-08 2005-06-30 Nissan Motor Co Ltd Device for deciding degree of margin of driving
KR100588042B1 (en) 2004-01-14 2006-06-09 한국과학기술연구원 Interactive presentation system
US20050255434A1 (en) 2004-02-27 2005-11-17 University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Interactive virtual characters for training including medical diagnosis training
US20050212753A1 (en) 2004-03-23 2005-09-29 Marvit David L Motion controlled remote controller
CN100573548C (en) 2004-04-15 2009-12-23 格斯图尔泰克股份有限公司 The method and apparatus of tracking bimanual movements
US7308112B2 (en) 2004-05-14 2007-12-11 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Sign based human-machine interaction
US7593593B2 (en) 2004-06-16 2009-09-22 Microsoft Corporation Method and system for reducing effects of undesired signals in an infrared imaging system
US7519223B2 (en) 2004-06-28 2009-04-14 Microsoft Corporation Recognizing gestures and using gestures for interacting with software applications
US8560972B2 (en) 2004-08-10 2013-10-15 Microsoft Corporation Surface UI for gesture-based interaction
US7704135B2 (en) 2004-08-23 2010-04-27 Harrison Jr Shelton E Integrated game system, method, and device
US7683883B2 (en) * 2004-11-02 2010-03-23 Pierre Touma 3D mouse and game controller based on spherical coordinates system and system for use
US8137195B2 (en) 2004-11-23 2012-03-20 Hillcrest Laboratories, Inc. Semantic gaming and application transformation
KR20060070280A (en) 2004-12-20 2006-06-23 한국전자통신연구원 Apparatus and its method of user interface using hand gesture recognition
JP5160235B2 (en) 2005-01-07 2013-03-13 クアルコム,インコーポレイテッド Detection and tracking of objects in images
WO2006074290A2 (en) 2005-01-07 2006-07-13 Gesturetek, Inc. Optical flow based tilt sensor
CN101198964A (en) 2005-01-07 2008-06-11 格斯图尔泰克股份有限公司 Creating 3D images of objects by illuminating with infrared patterns
US7598942B2 (en) 2005-02-08 2009-10-06 Oblong Industries, Inc. System and method for gesture based control system
US20060205394A1 (en) 2005-03-10 2006-09-14 Vesterinen Matti I Mobile device, a network element and a method of adjusting a setting associated with a mobile device
US7492367B2 (en) 2005-03-10 2009-02-17 Motus Corporation Apparatus, system and method for interpreting and reproducing physical motion
JP4686595B2 (en) 2005-03-17 2011-05-25 本田技研工業株式会社 Pose estimation based on critical point analysis
CN103257684B (en) 2005-05-17 2017-06-09 高通股份有限公司 The signal output method and device of orientation-sensitive
EP1752748B1 (en) 2005-08-12 2008-10-29 MESA Imaging AG Highly sensitive, fast pixel for use in an image sensor
US7927216B2 (en) 2005-09-15 2011-04-19 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Video game system with wireless modular handheld controller
US20080026838A1 (en) 2005-08-22 2008-01-31 Dunstan James E Multi-player non-role-playing virtual world games: method for two-way interaction between participants and multi-player virtual world games
US8313379B2 (en) 2005-08-22 2012-11-20 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Video game system with wireless modular handheld controller
JP4262726B2 (en) * 2005-08-24 2009-05-13 任天堂株式会社 Game controller and game system
US8308563B2 (en) * 2005-08-30 2012-11-13 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game system and storage medium having game program stored thereon
JP4773170B2 (en) 2005-09-14 2011-09-14 任天堂株式会社 Game program and game system
US7450736B2 (en) 2005-10-28 2008-11-11 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Monocular tracking of 3D human motion with a coordinated mixture of factor analyzers
US20070143333A1 (en) 2005-12-16 2007-06-21 Microsoft Corporation Creating search folders within applications for other applications
JP4509042B2 (en) 2006-02-13 2010-07-21 株式会社デンソー Hospitality information provision system for automobiles
US7988558B2 (en) * 2006-04-27 2011-08-02 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game apparatus and storage medium storing game program
JP4679431B2 (en) * 2006-04-28 2011-04-27 任天堂株式会社 Sound output control program and sound output control device
JP5506129B2 (en) * 2006-05-08 2014-05-28 任天堂株式会社 GAME PROGRAM, GAME DEVICE, GAME SYSTEM, AND GAME PROCESSING METHOD
US7701439B2 (en) 2006-07-13 2010-04-20 Northrop Grumman Corporation Gesture recognition simulation system and method
US9405372B2 (en) 2006-07-14 2016-08-02 Ailive, Inc. Self-contained inertial navigation system for interactive control using movable controllers
JP5051822B2 (en) * 2006-08-02 2012-10-17 任天堂株式会社 Game device with general-purpose remote control function
US7907117B2 (en) 2006-08-08 2011-03-15 Microsoft Corporation Virtual controller for visual displays
JP5395323B2 (en) 2006-09-29 2014-01-22 ブレインビジョン株式会社 Solid-state image sensor
JP4926799B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2012-05-09 キヤノン株式会社 Information processing apparatus and information processing method
KR100877490B1 (en) 2006-11-03 2009-01-12 삼성전기주식회사 Mobile terminal and method for controlling the mobile terminal
US8904312B2 (en) 2006-11-09 2014-12-02 Navisense Method and device for touchless signing and recognition
US7412077B2 (en) 2006-12-29 2008-08-12 Motorola, Inc. Apparatus and methods for head pose estimation and head gesture detection
US7729530B2 (en) 2007-03-03 2010-06-01 Sergey Antonov Method and apparatus for 3-D data input to a personal computer with a multimedia oriented operating system
US7725129B2 (en) 2007-05-16 2010-05-25 Oliver David Grunhold Cell phone based vehicle control system
US7852262B2 (en) 2007-08-16 2010-12-14 Cybernet Systems Corporation Wireless mobile indoor/outdoor tracking system
TWI338241B (en) * 2007-08-23 2011-03-01 Pixart Imaging Inc Interactive image system, interactive device and operative method thereof
CN101141136A (en) 2007-09-30 2008-03-12 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and device for implementing vehicle mounted call
CN101842810B (en) 2007-10-30 2012-09-26 惠普开发有限公司 Interactive display system with collaborative gesture detection
US9171454B2 (en) 2007-11-14 2015-10-27 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Magic wand
US20090221368A1 (en) 2007-11-28 2009-09-03 Ailive Inc., Method and system for creating a shared game space for a networked game
JP5420833B2 (en) * 2007-11-30 2014-02-19 任天堂株式会社 Game system
US9165199B2 (en) 2007-12-21 2015-10-20 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. Controlled human pose estimation from depth image streams
US20090172606A1 (en) 2007-12-31 2009-07-02 Motorola, Inc. Method and apparatus for two-handed computer user interface with gesture recognition
CN201166702Y (en) 2008-03-06 2008-12-17 宇龙计算机通信科技(深圳)有限公司 Mobile terminal with automobile overrunning detection function
US8280732B2 (en) 2008-03-27 2012-10-02 Wolfgang Richter System and method for multidimensional gesture analysis
JP2009244959A (en) 2008-03-28 2009-10-22 Toyota Motor Corp Driving support device and driving support method
JP4656177B2 (en) 2008-04-14 2011-03-23 トヨタ自動車株式会社 Navigation device, operation unit display method
CN101254344B (en) 2008-04-18 2010-06-16 李刚 Game device of field orientation corresponding with display screen dot array in proportion and method
US8428642B2 (en) 2008-05-02 2013-04-23 Delphi Technologies, Inc. Method and apparatus for remote vehicle communications and control
US8311734B2 (en) 2008-07-01 2012-11-13 Sony Corporation Automatic speed limit adjust for road conditions
JP2010081565A (en) 2008-08-27 2010-04-08 Kyocera Corp Portable electronic apparatus and vehicle
CN101364814A (en) 2008-09-09 2009-02-11 动力新跃(北京)汽车科技有限公司 Mobile phone shielding device for driver
JP2010072833A (en) 2008-09-17 2010-04-02 Toyota Motor Corp Drive support apparatus
US20100105479A1 (en) * 2008-10-23 2010-04-29 Microsoft Corporation Determining orientation in an external reference frame
US8253713B2 (en) 2008-10-23 2012-08-28 At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. Tracking approaching or hovering objects for user-interfaces
US20110275321A1 (en) 2008-10-31 2011-11-10 Xuesong Zhou Integrated Vehicle Key and Mobile Phone System for Preventing Mobile Phone Use While Driving
US20100121526A1 (en) 2008-11-12 2010-05-13 Don Pham Speed warning method and apparatus for navigation system
US8747224B2 (en) * 2008-11-14 2014-06-10 Sony Corporation Operating device
KR101081116B1 (en) 2009-04-22 2011-11-07 중앙대학교 산학협력단 Integrated service convergence system for telematics, and control method for the Integrated service convergence system
US8295546B2 (en) 2009-01-30 2012-10-23 Microsoft Corporation Pose tracking pipeline
JP5200995B2 (en) 2009-02-24 2013-06-05 株式会社デンソー Fuel consumption notification device
US8246458B2 (en) * 2009-03-25 2012-08-21 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game apparatus and recording medium recording game program
CN201548210U (en) 2009-04-01 2010-08-11 姚征远 Projection three-dimensional measuring apparatus
JP4840620B2 (en) 2009-04-30 2011-12-21 株式会社デンソー In-vehicle electronic device operation device
US8213962B2 (en) 2009-07-21 2012-07-03 Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. Vehicle computer link to mobile phone
US8428340B2 (en) 2009-09-21 2013-04-23 Microsoft Corporation Screen space plane identification
US8867820B2 (en) 2009-10-07 2014-10-21 Microsoft Corporation Systems and methods for removing a background of an image
US8145199B2 (en) 2009-10-31 2012-03-27 BT Patent LLC Controlling mobile device functions
US8315617B2 (en) 2009-10-31 2012-11-20 Btpatent Llc Controlling mobile device functions
CN101795504A (en) 2009-11-11 2010-08-04 华为终端有限公司 Method, device and system for prompting contents of mobile phone setting
US8672763B2 (en) 2009-11-20 2014-03-18 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc. Controller for interfacing with a computing program using position, orientation, or motion
US8612884B2 (en) 2010-01-26 2013-12-17 Apple Inc. Device, method, and graphical user interface for resizing objects
US8379134B2 (en) 2010-02-26 2013-02-19 Research In Motion Limited Object detection and selection using gesture recognition
US8396252B2 (en) 2010-05-20 2013-03-12 Edge 3 Technologies Systems and related methods for three dimensional gesture recognition in vehicles
US9241064B2 (en) 2010-05-28 2016-01-19 Google Technology Holdings LLC Smart method and device for adaptive user interface experiences
US9176924B2 (en) 2011-11-16 2015-11-03 Autoconnect Holdings Llc Method and system for vehicle data collection
US8756173B2 (en) 2011-01-19 2014-06-17 Qualcomm Incorporated Machine learning of known or unknown motion states with sensor fusion
CN102204650B (en) 2011-03-08 2012-09-19 胡任飞 Health staple food with low glycemic index, its preparation method and application in blood sugar reduction
US9939888B2 (en) * 2011-09-15 2018-04-10 Microsoft Technology Licensing Llc Correlating movement information received from different sources
US20130155237A1 (en) 2011-12-16 2013-06-20 Microsoft Corporation Interacting with a mobile device within a vehicle using gestures
US8811938B2 (en) 2011-12-16 2014-08-19 Microsoft Corporation Providing a user interface experience based on inferred vehicle state
US9008989B2 (en) * 2012-05-02 2015-04-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Wireless controller
US9849376B2 (en) * 2012-05-02 2017-12-26 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Wireless controller
US9740187B2 (en) * 2012-11-21 2017-08-22 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Controlling hardware in an environment

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6072467A (en) * 1996-05-03 2000-06-06 Mitsubishi Electric Information Technology Center America, Inc. (Ita) Continuously variable control of animated on-screen characters
US6982697B2 (en) * 2002-02-07 2006-01-03 Microsoft Corporation System and process for selecting objects in a ubiquitous computing environment
US6990639B2 (en) * 2002-02-07 2006-01-24 Microsoft Corporation System and process for controlling electronic components in a ubiquitous computing environment using multimodal integration
US20040193413A1 (en) * 2003-03-25 2004-09-30 Wilson Andrew D. Architecture for controlling a computer using hand gestures
US20070243931A1 (en) * 2006-04-14 2007-10-18 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game apparatus and game program
US8187096B2 (en) * 2006-04-14 2012-05-29 Nintendo Co., Ltd. Game apparatus and game program

Cited By (13)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100151946A1 (en) * 2003-03-25 2010-06-17 Wilson Andrew D System and method for executing a game process
US9596643B2 (en) 2011-12-16 2017-03-14 Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc Providing a user interface experience based on inferred vehicle state
US10146322B2 (en) 2012-12-13 2018-12-04 Intel Corporation Gesture pre-processing of video stream using a markered region
US20150015480A1 (en) * 2012-12-13 2015-01-15 Jeremy Burr Gesture pre-processing of video stream using a markered region
US10261596B2 (en) 2012-12-13 2019-04-16 Intel Corporation Gesture pre-processing of video stream using a markered region
US9720507B2 (en) * 2012-12-13 2017-08-01 Intel Corporation Gesture pre-processing of video stream using a markered region
US9141443B2 (en) * 2013-01-07 2015-09-22 General Electric Company Method and system for integrating visual controls with legacy applications
JP2016024690A (en) * 2014-07-22 2016-02-08 Necパーソナルコンピュータ株式会社 Movement recognition device, movement recognition method and program
US9363640B2 (en) 2014-08-05 2016-06-07 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic system with transformable mode mechanism and method of operation thereof
US10496198B2 (en) 2014-08-05 2019-12-03 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Electronic system with transformable mode mechanism and method of operation thereof
US10359858B2 (en) * 2016-09-07 2019-07-23 Disney Enterprises, Inc. Systems and methods for simulating sounds of a virtual object using procedural audio
US11120254B2 (en) 2017-03-29 2021-09-14 Beijing Sensetime Technology Development Co., Ltd. Methods and apparatuses for determining hand three-dimensional data
CN111643123A (en) * 2020-05-26 2020-09-11 清华大学 Automatic sampling device of pharynx swab

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20040193413A1 (en) 2004-09-30
US8745541B2 (en) 2014-06-03
US20100138798A1 (en) 2010-06-03
US20160116995A1 (en) 2016-04-28
US20130190089A1 (en) 2013-07-25
US10551930B2 (en) 2020-02-04
US20100151946A1 (en) 2010-06-17

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US10551930B2 (en) System and method for executing a process using accelerometer signals
US11567578B2 (en) Systems and methods of free-space gestural interaction
US9652042B2 (en) Architecture for controlling a computer using hand gestures
US11392212B2 (en) Systems and methods of creating a realistic displacement of a virtual object in virtual reality/augmented reality environments
US10394334B2 (en) Gesture-based control system
US10656724B2 (en) Operating environment comprising multiple client devices, multiple displays, multiple users, and gestural control
US10712901B2 (en) Gesture-based content sharing in artificial reality environments
US11625103B2 (en) Integration of artificial reality interaction modes
US10642364B2 (en) Processing tracking and recognition data in gestural recognition systems
US20190384408A1 (en) GESTURE SEQUENCE RECOGNITION USING SIMULTANEOUS LOCALIZATION AND MAPPING (SLAM) COMPONENTS IN VIRTUAL, AUGMENTED, AND MIXED REALITY (xR) APPLICATIONS
LaViola Whole-hand and speech input in virtual environments
US20220171469A1 (en) Single-handed microgesture inputs
WO2013184704A1 (en) Spatial operating environment (soe) with markerless gestural control
US11954808B2 (en) Rerendering a position of a hand to decrease a size of a hand to create a realistic virtual/augmented reality environment
US20240029329A1 (en) Mitigation of Animation Disruption in Artificial Reality

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: MICROSOFT TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, LLC, WASHINGTON

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MICROSOFT CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:034747/0417

Effective date: 20141014

Owner name: MICROSOFT TECHNOLOGY LICENSING, LLC, WASHINGTON

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNOR:MICROSOFT CORPORATION;REEL/FRAME:039025/0454

Effective date: 20141014

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION